1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
398 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
399 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
401 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
409 Reconfiguration of LyX
414 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
417 \begin_layout Section
419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
421 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
428 \begin_layout Standard
429 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
430 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
453 that will be created when using the menu
455 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
474 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
475 \begin_inset Note Note
478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
479 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
487 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
488 More about TeX Code is described in section
493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
495 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
499 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
506 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
520 Reconfiguration of LyX
528 \begin_layout Chapter
532 \begin_layout Section
533 Basic File Operations
537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
546 \begin_layout Standard
551 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
552 in addition to some more advanced operations:
555 \begin_layout Itemize
559 \begin_inset Graphics
560 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
561 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
568 \begin_layout Itemize
586 \begin_layout Itemize
592 \begin_inset Graphics
593 filename ../images/file-open.png
594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
601 \begin_layout Itemize
607 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_inset Graphics
614 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
622 \begin_layout Itemize
632 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
656 \begin_layout Itemize
662 \begin_layout Itemize
668 \begin_layout Itemize
674 \begin_inset Graphics
675 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
676 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
683 \begin_layout Itemize
689 \begin_layout Standard
690 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
691 a few minor differences.
694 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
709 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
710 you for a template to use.
711 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
712 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
713 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
721 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
728 \begin_layout Standard
730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
754 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
757 \begin_layout Standard
778 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
783 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
808 will reload the document from disk.
809 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
810 and want to restore it to the last save.
819 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
820 can identify them as your changes.
823 \begin_layout Section
824 Basic Editing Features
828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
835 \begin_inset CommandInset label
837 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
844 \begin_layout Standard
845 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
846 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
847 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
848 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
850 We'll start with cut and paste.
853 \begin_layout Standard
854 As you might expect, the
858 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
859 various other editing features.
860 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
864 \begin_layout Itemize
870 \begin_inset Graphics
871 filename ../images/cut.png
872 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
879 \begin_layout Itemize
885 \begin_inset Graphics
886 filename ../images/copy.png
887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
894 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_inset Graphics
901 filename ../images/paste.png
902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
929 \begin_layout Itemize
943 \begin_inset Graphics
944 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
945 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
953 \begin_layout Standard
954 The first three are self-explanatory.
955 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
956 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
965 keys also functions as the
970 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
971 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
976 to get back the lost text.
979 \begin_layout Standard
983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
989 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
998 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1001 \begin_layout Standard
1004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1006 \begin_inset space ~
1009 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1015 \begin_inset space ~
1020 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1026 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1036 will start a new paragraph.
1039 \begin_layout Standard
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1061 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1063 \begin_inset space ~
1067 \begin_inset space ~
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1079 \begin_inset space ~
1085 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1090 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1102 \begin_inset space ~
1107 button to skip the current word.
1111 \begin_inset space ~
1116 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1120 \begin_inset space ~
1125 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1127 If the toggle is set, searching for
1128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1139 will not match the word
1140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 Match whole words only
1156 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1157 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_layout Standard
1188 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1189 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1191 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1196 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1203 \begin_layout Section
1208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1227 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1234 \begin_layout Standard
1235 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1236 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 or the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/undo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1249 to undo some mistake.
1250 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1252 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1255 or the toolbar button
1256 \begin_inset Graphics
1257 filename ../images/redo.png
1258 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1270 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1274 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1277 \begin_layout Standard
1278 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1287 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1288 This is a consequence of the 100
1289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1292 step undo limit, above.
1295 \begin_layout Standard
1304 work on almost everything in LyX.
1305 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1309 \begin_layout Section
1314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1323 \begin_layout Standard
1324 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1327 \begin_layout Enumerate
1332 \begin_layout Itemize
1337 once anywhere in the edit window.
1338 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1342 \begin_layout Enumerate
1347 \begin_layout Itemize
1353 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1356 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1362 \begin_layout Itemize
1363 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1365 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1372 \begin_layout Enumerate
1373 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1377 \begin_layout Standard
1378 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1379 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1380 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1394 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1399 \begin_layout Section
1401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1403 name "sec:Navigating"
1411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1420 \begin_layout Standard
1421 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1429 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1430 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1433 \begin_layout Itemize
1436 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1439 or the toolbar button
1440 \begin_inset Graphics
1441 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1442 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1449 \begin_layout Standard
1450 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1451 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1458 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1463 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1464 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1465 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1466 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1467 to the document, see
1468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1470 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1479 option sorts the current list, and the
1483 option keeps it in the current view state.
1484 Keeping means that when you have e.
1485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1489 \begin_inset space ~
1492 the subsections of section
1493 \begin_inset space ~
1496 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1497 \begin_inset space ~
1500 3, the subsections of section
1501 \begin_inset space ~
1504 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1509 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1510 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_layout Standard
1518 \begin_inset space \space{}
1522 \begin_inset Graphics
1523 filename ../images/down.png
1524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1529 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1534 \begin_inset space \space{}
1538 \begin_inset Graphics
1539 filename ../images/up.png
1540 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1545 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1549 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1551 So you can for example move section
1552 \begin_inset space ~
1556 \begin_inset space ~
1560 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1562 \begin_inset Graphics
1563 filename ../images/promote.png
1564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1569 \begin_inset Graphics
1570 filename ../images/demote.png
1571 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1575 or the corresponding key bindings
1583 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1584 So you can for example make section
1585 \begin_inset space ~
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1593 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_layout Section
1604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1677 \begin_layout Standard
1678 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1679 LyX's default is CUA.
1682 \begin_layout Standard
1686 \begin_inset space ~
1694 \begin_inset space ~
1715 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1719 \begin_layout Labeling
1720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1724 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1725 LatexCommand nomenclature
1727 description "Tabulator key"
1733 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1734 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1741 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1748 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1752 , especially section
1753 \begin_inset space ~
1757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1759 reference "sub:Lists"
1765 If you're still confused, look in the
1772 \begin_layout Labeling
1773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1777 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1778 LatexCommand nomenclature
1780 description "Escape key"
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1794 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1795 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1798 \begin_layout Labeling
1799 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1805 \begin_inset space ~
1809 \begin_inset space ~
1816 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1817 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1821 \begin_layout Standard
1822 There are three modifier keys:
1825 \begin_layout Labeling
1826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1844 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1845 LatexCommand nomenclature
1847 description "Control key"
1851 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1852 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1856 \begin_layout Itemize
1865 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1868 \begin_layout Itemize
1877 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1880 \begin_layout Itemize
1889 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1893 \begin_layout Labeling
1894 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1912 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1913 LatexCommand nomenclature
1915 description "Shift key"
1919 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1920 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1923 \begin_layout Labeling
1924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1942 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1943 LatexCommand nomenclature
1945 description "Alt or Meta key"
1949 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1950 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1951 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1957 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1959 menu accelerator keys
1962 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1963 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1967 \begin_layout Standard
1968 For example, the sequence
1969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1975 \begin_inset space ~
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1985 \begin_inset space ~
1993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2016 \begin_inset space ~
2022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2032 \begin_layout Standard
2033 There are also other things bound to the
2037 key, but you'll have to check in the
2049 \begin_layout Standard
2050 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2051 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2052 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2053 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2054 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2055 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2056 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2057 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2073 followed by a capital
2080 \begin_layout Standard
2081 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2083 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2088 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2091 as explained in sec.
2092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2098 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2103 \begin_inset Formula \[
2111 \begin_layout Chapter
2116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2125 \begin_layout Section
2130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2139 \begin_layout Subsection
2143 \begin_layout Standard
2144 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2145 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2146 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2147 numbering schemes, and so on.
2148 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2149 and format the title of your document differently.
2152 \begin_layout Standard
2157 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2158 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2159 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2160 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2161 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2164 \begin_layout Standard
2165 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2166 how to adjust their properties.
2169 \begin_layout Subsection
2174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2183 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2190 \begin_layout Standard
2191 You can select a class using the
2193 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2207 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2211 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2215 \begin_layout Standard
2216 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2220 \begin_layout Description
2221 Article for basic articles
2224 \begin_layout Description
2225 Report for basic reports
2228 \begin_layout Description
2229 Book for writing a book
2232 \begin_layout Description
2233 Letter for US-style letters
2236 \begin_layout Standard
2237 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2239 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2240 can be found in chapter
2242 Special Document Classes
2251 \begin_layout Description
2252 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2255 \begin_layout Description
2262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2271 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2275 \begin_layout Description
2276 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2277 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2278 There are three article layouts available.
2279 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2280 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2281 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2282 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2287 sequential numbering
2288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2291 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2292 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2293 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2294 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2297 \begin_layout Description
2298 Beamer Layout for presentations
2301 \begin_layout Description
2302 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2303 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2307 \begin_layout Description
2309 \begin_inset space ~
2312 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2315 \begin_layout Description
2316 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2319 \begin_layout Description
2322 Die TeXnische Komödie
2324 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2327 \begin_layout Description
2328 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2331 \begin_layout Description
2332 Foils Used to make transparencies
2335 \begin_layout Description
2336 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2339 \begin_layout Description
2340 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2341 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2345 \begin_layout Description
2346 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2347 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2350 \begin_layout Description
2351 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2354 \begin_layout Description
2355 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2358 \begin_layout Description
2359 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2360 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2363 \begin_layout Description
2364 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2367 \begin_layout Description
2372 LaTeX document class
2375 \begin_layout Description
2376 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2379 \begin_layout Description
2384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2391 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2392 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2394 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2397 \begin_layout Description
2398 Slides Used to make transparencies
2401 \begin_layout Description
2403 \begin_inset space ~
2406 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2407 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2410 \begin_layout Description
2411 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2414 \begin_layout Description
2419 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2422 \begin_layout Standard
2423 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2425 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2430 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2431 of the document classes.
2434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2455 \begin_layout Standard
2456 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2457 in the chosen document class.
2458 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2460 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2461 the corresponding module in the
2467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2481 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2485 \begin_layout Standard
2486 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2494 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2495 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2503 \begin_layout Standard
2504 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2512 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2520 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2524 \begin_layout Standard
2525 Each class has a default set of options.
2526 Here's a quick table describing them:
2529 \begin_layout Standard
2530 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2536 \begin_layout Standard
2538 \begin_inset Tabular
2539 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2999 \begin_layout Standard
3000 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3006 \begin_layout Standard
3007 You're probably also wondering what
3008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3012 \begin_inset space ~
3016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3020 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3021 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3026 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3031 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3041 headings, there are also
3049 headings, and so on.
3050 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3051 \begin_inset space ~
3055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3057 reference "sub:Headings"
3064 \begin_layout Subsection
3066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3068 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 \begin_layout Standard
3098 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3100 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3111 \begin_inset space ~
3116 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3118 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3119 to use for your document.
3120 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3124 \begin_layout Standard
3131 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3137 \begin_inset space ~
3142 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3143 You can choose between the following five options:
3146 \begin_layout Labeling
3147 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3152 Use default page style of current class.
3155 \begin_layout Labeling
3156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3161 No page numbers or headings.
3164 \begin_layout Labeling
3165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3173 \begin_layout Labeling
3174 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3179 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3180 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3181 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3184 \begin_layout Labeling
3185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3190 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3200 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3206 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3207 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3209 Check the documentation for the
3213 package for more details,
3214 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3223 \begin_layout Standard
3228 of paragraphs is described in section
3229 \begin_inset space ~
3233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3235 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3242 \begin_layout Subsection
3243 Paper Size and Orientation
3247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 Document ! Paper size
3254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3256 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3263 \begin_layout Standard
3264 You'll find the following options in the menu
3267 \begin_inset space ~
3272 of the dialog of the
3274 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3292 \begin_layout Labeling
3293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3297 \begin_inset space ~
3302 What size paper to print on.
3306 \begin_layout Itemize
3312 \begin_layout Itemize
3322 \begin_layout Itemize
3328 \begin_layout Itemize
3334 \begin_layout Itemize
3340 \begin_layout Itemize
3346 \begin_layout Itemize
3352 \begin_layout Labeling
3353 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3358 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3369 \begin_layout Labeling
3370 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3374 \begin_inset space ~
3379 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3380 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3414 \begin_layout Standard
3415 Paper margins are set in the menu
3417 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 \begin_layout Standard
3434 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3435 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3436 the paper format and the font size into account.
3439 \begin_layout Subsection
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3444 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3449 That includes the paragraph environments.
3450 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3451 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3452 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3453 paragraph environments to
3457 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3458 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3459 the conversion and why it failed.
3462 \begin_layout Section
3463 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3468 Paragraph ! Indentation
3476 \begin_layout Subsection
3478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3480 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3487 \begin_layout Standard
3488 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3489 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3492 \begin_layout Standard
3493 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3494 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3495 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3496 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3500 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3506 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3507 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3508 language than English.
3509 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3512 \begin_layout Standard
3513 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3514 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3516 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3517 LyX takes care of that.
3518 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3520 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3521 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3522 of a page, and so on.
3526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3527 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3532 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3533 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3537 of these pre-coded spacings.
3538 We'll explain more later.
3541 \begin_layout Subsection
3542 Paragraph Separation
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3547 Paragraph ! Separation
3555 \begin_layout Standard
3556 To separate paragraphs, select
3567 \begin_inset space ~
3574 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3587 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3588 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3589 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3592 \begin_layout Standard
3602 \begin_layout Standard
3603 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3604 \begin_inset space ~
3608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3610 reference "cap:Units"
3615 The default length is 30
3616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3622 \begin_layout Subsection
3626 \begin_layout Standard
3627 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3632 \begin_inset space ~
3637 dialog and toggle the
3640 \begin_inset space ~
3645 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3646 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3647 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3651 \begin_layout Standard
3652 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3653 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3656 \begin_layout Subsection
3661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3662 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3670 \begin_layout Standard
3673 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3689 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3692 \begin_inset space ~
3701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3702 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3711 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3716 installed to use this feature.
3724 \begin_layout Section
3725 Paragraph Environments
3726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3728 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3737 Paragraph ! Environments
3746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3747 Paragraph environments|(
3755 \begin_layout Subsection
3759 \begin_layout Standard
3760 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3763 \begin_layout Standard
3782 \begin_inset Newline newline
3785 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3786 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3787 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3796 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3799 \begin_layout Standard
3800 A paragraph environment is simply a
3801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3808 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3809 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3810 scheme, labels, and so on.
3811 Additionally, you can
3812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3819 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3820 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3821 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3822 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3823 days of typewriters.
3824 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3826 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3829 \begin_layout Standard
3830 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3831 \begin_inset Graphics
3832 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3838 at the left end of the toolbar.
3839 LyX will change the environment of the
3843 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3844 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3845 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3849 \begin_layout Standard
3858 create a new paragraph using the
3862 paragraph environment.
3864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3871 because if you are in one of these environments:
3874 \begin_layout Itemize
3880 \begin_layout Itemize
3886 \begin_layout Itemize
3892 \begin_layout Itemize
3898 \begin_layout Itemize
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3910 \begin_layout Itemize
3916 \begin_layout Standard
3917 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3921 , rather than resetting it to
3926 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3927 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3928 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3929 \begin_inset space ~
3933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3935 reference "sec:Nesting"
3940 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3945 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3946 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3950 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
3956 \begin_layout Subsection
3960 \begin_layout Standard
3961 The default paragraph environment is
3966 It creates a plain paragraph.
3967 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3968 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3969 this manual) are in the
3976 \begin_layout Standard
3977 You can nest a paragraph using the
3981 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3989 \begin_layout Subsection
3994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4003 \begin_layout Standard
4004 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4013 for thanks or contact information.
4014 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4015 page along with today's date.
4016 For other types of documents, the title
4017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4024 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4028 \begin_layout Standard
4029 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4043 Here's how you use them:
4046 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 Put the title of your document in the
4054 \begin_layout Itemize
4055 Put the author name in the
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4063 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4064 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4070 Note that using this environment is optional.
4071 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4072 If you don't want any date, add the line
4073 \begin_inset Newline newline
4083 \begin_inset Newline newline
4086 to the preamble of your document (menu
4088 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4094 \begin_layout Standard
4095 You can use footnotes to insert
4096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4103 or contact informations.
4106 \begin_layout Subsection
4111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4127 \begin_layout Standard
4128 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4129 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4132 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4138 Section headings ! Numbered
4146 \begin_layout Standard
4147 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4151 \begin_layout Enumerate
4157 \begin_layout Enumerate
4163 \begin_layout Enumerate
4169 \begin_layout Enumerate
4175 \begin_layout Enumerate
4181 \begin_layout Enumerate
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Standard
4194 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4195 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4196 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4199 \begin_layout Standard
4200 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4201 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4202 You group the book into chapters.
4203 LyX does similar grouping:
4206 \begin_layout Itemize
4211 is divided in either
4222 \begin_layout Itemize
4234 \begin_layout Itemize
4246 \begin_layout Itemize
4258 \begin_layout Itemize
4270 \begin_layout Itemize
4282 \begin_layout Standard
4283 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4291 Not all document types use the
4295 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4300 is the top-level heading.
4308 \begin_layout Standard
4313 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4314 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4316 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4342 \begin_layout Standard
4343 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4347 \begin_layout Enumerate
4353 \begin_layout Enumerate
4359 \begin_layout Enumerate
4365 \begin_layout Enumerate
4371 \begin_layout Enumerate
4377 \begin_layout Standard
4379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4386 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4387 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4388 table of contents, see section
4389 \begin_inset space ~
4393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4402 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4403 Changing the Numbering
4404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4406 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4413 \begin_layout Standard
4414 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4415 in the Table of Contents.
4416 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4418 Certain classes start with
4432 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4442 This is something you can change.
4445 \begin_layout Standard
4448 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4468 \begin_inset space ~
4472 \begin_inset space ~
4477 you'll see two counters.
4482 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4484 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4488 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4489 Short Titles of Headings
4493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4494 Section headings ! Short titles
4503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4512 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4519 \begin_layout Standard
4520 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4521 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4522 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4523 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4528 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4529 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4530 To specify a short title, use the menu
4532 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4534 \begin_inset space ~
4540 This will insert a box labeled
4541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4556 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4557 This also works for captions inside floats.
4560 \begin_layout Standard
4561 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4564 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4568 \begin_layout Standard
4569 The following information applies to all section headings:
4572 \begin_layout Itemize
4573 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4576 \begin_layout Itemize
4577 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4580 \begin_layout Itemize
4581 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4584 \begin_layout Itemize
4585 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4588 \begin_layout Subsection
4589 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4593 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4607 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4608 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4609 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4610 the text they contain.
4611 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4619 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4622 \begin_layout Standard
4623 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4632 when you start a new paragraph.
4633 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4637 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4638 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4639 to change back to the
4643 environment yourself.
4646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4675 \begin_layout Standard
4676 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4677 time for the differences.
4686 are identical except for one difference:
4690 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4699 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4702 \begin_layout Standard
4703 Here's an example of the
4716 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4718 See -- no indentation!
4722 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4723 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4724 the other paragraph.
4727 \begin_layout Standard
4728 Here's another example, this time in the
4735 \begin_layout Quotation
4741 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4742 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4743 the first line, then
4747 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4751 you were quoting other text.
4754 \begin_layout Quotation
4755 Here's a new paragraph.
4756 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4757 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4760 \begin_layout Standard
4761 As the examples show,
4765 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4766 They should put quotes in the
4771 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4775 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4815 \begin_layout Standard
4820 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4826 \begin_inset Newline newline
4829 Which I did not rehearse!
4833 It could be much worse.
4834 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4836 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4837 indented a bit more than the first.
4838 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4844 \begin_inset Newline newline
4847 And make things look fine
4848 \begin_inset Newline newline
4854 arg "newline-insert newline"
4860 \begin_layout Standard
4865 does not indent both margins.
4866 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4867 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4874 arg "newline-insert newline"
4880 \begin_layout Subsection
4885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4901 \begin_layout Standard
4902 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4912 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4921 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4922 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4923 some general features of all four of them.
4926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4930 \begin_layout Standard
4931 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4933 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4942 reset the environment to
4946 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4947 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4948 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4952 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4955 to break paragraphs.
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4959 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4960 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4962 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4963 you read all of section
4964 \begin_inset space ~
4968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4970 reference "sec:Nesting"
4978 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5003 \begin_layout Standard
5004 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5008 paragraph environment.
5009 It has the following properties:
5012 \begin_layout Itemize
5013 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5017 \begin_layout Itemize
5018 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5021 \begin_layout Itemize
5022 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5026 \begin_layout Itemize
5027 The items can have any length.
5028 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5029 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5036 \begin_layout Itemize
5041 environment inside another
5045 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5049 \begin_layout Itemize
5050 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5053 \begin_layout Itemize
5054 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5057 \begin_layout Itemize
5059 \begin_inset space ~
5063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5065 reference "sec:Nesting"
5069 for a full explanation of nesting.
5073 \begin_layout Standard
5074 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5083 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5086 \begin_layout Standard
5087 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5088 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5089 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5092 \begin_layout Itemize
5093 The label for the first level
5097 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5101 \begin_layout Itemize
5102 The label for the second level is a dash.
5106 \begin_layout Itemize
5107 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5111 \begin_layout Itemize
5112 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5116 \begin_layout Itemize
5117 Back out to the third level.
5121 \begin_layout Itemize
5122 Back to the second level.
5126 \begin_layout Itemize
5127 Back to the outermost level.
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5131 These are the default labels for an
5136 You can customize these labels in the
5138 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5141 dialog in the submenu
5151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5161 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5162 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5164 \begin_inset space ~
5168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5170 reference "sec:Nesting"
5177 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5195 name "sec:Enumerate"
5202 \begin_layout Standard
5207 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5208 It has these properties:
5211 \begin_layout Enumerate
5212 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5216 \begin_layout Enumerate
5217 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5221 \begin_layout Enumerate
5222 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5225 \begin_layout Enumerate
5230 environment resets the counter to one.
5233 \begin_layout Enumerate
5246 \begin_layout Enumerate
5247 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5248 Items can have any length.
5251 \begin_layout Enumerate
5252 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5255 \begin_layout Enumerate
5256 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5259 \begin_layout Enumerate
5260 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5264 \begin_layout Standard
5273 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5274 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5281 \begin_layout Enumerate
5282 The first level of an
5286 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5290 \begin_layout Enumerate
5291 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5295 \begin_layout Enumerate
5296 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5300 \begin_layout Enumerate
5301 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5304 \begin_layout Enumerate
5305 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5310 \begin_layout Enumerate
5311 Back to the third level
5315 \begin_layout Enumerate
5316 Back to the second level.
5320 \begin_layout Enumerate
5321 Back to the outermost level.
5324 \begin_layout Standard
5325 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5330 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5335 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5340 There is more to nesting
5344 environments than we've stated here.
5345 You should read section
5346 \begin_inset space ~
5350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5352 reference "sec:Nesting"
5356 to learn more about nesting.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5377 \begin_layout Standard
5378 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5382 list has no fixed label.
5383 Instead, LyX uses the first
5384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5391 of the first line as the label.
5395 \begin_layout Description
5396 Example: This is an example of the
5403 \begin_layout Standard
5404 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5408 \begin_layout Standard
5410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5417 it is meant that the first hit of the
5421 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5423 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5435 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5437 \begin_inset space ~
5443 \begin_inset space ~
5447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5449 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5453 for more info.) Here is an example:
5456 \begin_layout Description
5458 \begin_inset space ~
5461 Example: This one shows how to use a
5464 \begin_inset space ~
5476 \begin_layout Description
5477 Usage: You should use the
5481 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5482 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5484 It's not a good idea to use a
5488 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5489 You're better off using
5501 paragraphs into them.
5504 \begin_layout Description
5505 Nesting: You can nest
5509 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5513 \begin_layout Standard
5514 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5515 them from the first line.
5518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5541 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5554 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5555 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5558 \begin_layout Labeling
5559 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5561 \begin_inset space ~
5564 labels LyX uses the first
5565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5572 of each line as the item label.
5577 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5578 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5579 blank as described above.
5582 \begin_layout Labeling
5583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5584 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5585 the body of the item text.
5586 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5587 label width plus a little extra space.
5591 \begin_layout Labeling
5592 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5594 \begin_inset space ~
5597 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5599 If the label width is larger, the label
5600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5607 into the first line.
5608 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5609 margin of the rest of the item text.
5612 \begin_layout Labeling
5613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5615 \begin_inset space ~
5618 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5623 environment have the same left margin.
5624 \begin_inset Newline newline
5627 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5630 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5632 \begin_inset space ~
5641 \begin_inset space ~
5646 determines the default label width.
5647 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5656 multiple times instead.
5657 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5666 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5669 \begin_inset space ~
5674 every time you alter a label in a
5679 \begin_inset Newline newline
5682 The predefined default width is the length of
5683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5692 \begin_inset Newline newline
5696 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5704 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5705 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5713 \begin_layout Standard
5718 environment the same way like the
5722 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5728 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5732 \begin_layout Standard
5737 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5739 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5741 \begin_inset space ~
5745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5747 reference "sec:Nesting"
5751 to learn about nesting.
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 There is yet another feature of the
5759 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5761 You can use additional
5765 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5770 are documented in section
5771 \begin_inset space ~
5775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5777 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5782 Here are some examples:
5785 \begin_layout Labeling
5786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5787 Left The default for
5794 \begin_layout Labeling
5795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5803 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5806 \begin_layout Labeling
5807 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5808 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5812 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5819 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5822 \begin_layout Subsection
5827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5844 \begin_inset space ~
5852 \begin_layout Standard
5853 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5861 \begin_inset space ~
5867 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5868 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5869 In contrast, you can use the
5876 \begin_inset space ~
5881 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5882 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5886 \begin_layout Standard
5887 Of course, you're not limited to using
5894 \begin_inset space ~
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5908 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5909 some European academic papers.
5912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5916 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5928 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5929 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5933 \begin_inset space ~
5938 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5939 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5940 Here's an example of each:
5943 \begin_layout Right Address
5945 \begin_inset Newline newline
5949 \begin_inset Newline newline
5953 \begin_inset Newline newline
5956 When is it? What is today?
5959 \begin_layout Standard
5963 \begin_inset space ~
5969 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5970 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5971 Here's an example of the
5978 \begin_layout Address
5980 \begin_inset Newline newline
5983 Where do I send this
5984 \begin_inset Newline newline
5987 Your post office and country
5990 \begin_layout Standard
5991 As you can see, both
5998 \begin_inset space ~
6003 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6008 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6014 This makes sense, since
6022 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6023 Thus, you have to use
6030 arg "newline-insert newline"
6036 \begin_inset space ~
6039 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6041 \begin_inset space ~
6050 menu) to start a new line in an
6057 \begin_inset space ~
6065 \begin_layout Subsection
6069 \begin_layout Standard
6070 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6071 or list of references.
6072 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6091 \begin_layout Standard
6096 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6097 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6098 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6099 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6103 in anything else or vice versa.
6109 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6110 The book document classes ignores the
6114 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6118 in a letter document class.
6121 \begin_layout Standard
6126 environment does several things for you.
6127 First, it puts the centered label
6128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6136 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6138 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6139 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6140 the subsequent text.
6141 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6142 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6145 \begin_layout Standard
6146 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6150 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6151 The new paragraph will still be in the
6156 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6157 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6160 \begin_layout Standard
6161 \begin_inset Float figure
6166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6168 \begin_inset Graphics
6169 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6178 \begin_inset Caption
6180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6181 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6183 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6204 \begin_layout Standard
6205 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6209 environment, but since this document is in the
6210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6217 class, we can't do this.
6218 We inserted it therefore as figure
6219 \begin_inset space ~
6223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6225 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6230 If you've never heard of an
6231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6238 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6257 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6259 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6266 \begin_layout Standard
6271 environment is used to list references.
6272 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6273 only use it at the end of the document.
6278 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6281 \begin_layout Standard
6282 When you first open a
6286 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6302 depending on the document class.
6303 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6304 Each paragraph of the
6308 environment is a bibliography entry.
6313 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6314 Each new paragraph is still in the
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6322 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6323 by using a BibTeX database.
6324 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6325 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6326 \begin_inset space ~
6330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6332 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6339 \begin_layout Subsection
6346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6347 Paragraph ! LyX code
6353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6362 \begin_layout Standard
6367 environment is another LyX extension.
6368 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6373 key as a fixed whitespace;
6377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6389 \begin_inset space ~
6394 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6399 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6400 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6403 arg "newline-insert newline"
6420 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6421 So, when you finish using the
6425 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6426 Also, you can nest the
6430 environment inside of others.
6433 \begin_layout Standard
6434 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6437 \begin_layout Itemize
6441 arg "newline-insert newline"
6444 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6449 \begin_inset space ~
6459 arg "newline-insert newline"
6465 \begin_layout Itemize
6469 arg "newline-insert newline"
6480 \begin_layout Itemize
6485 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6492 \begin_layout Itemize
6501 \begin_layout Itemize
6502 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6503 You must put at least one
6507 in any line you want blank.
6508 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6511 \begin_layout Itemize
6512 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6516 since that will insert
6521 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6528 \begin_layout Standard
6532 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6536 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6540 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6544 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6548 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6549 printf("Hello World!
6554 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6558 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6562 \begin_layout Standard
6563 This is just the standard
6564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6575 \begin_layout Standard
6580 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6581 rc-files, and so on.
6582 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6583 as if you used a typewriter.
6587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6588 Paragraph environments|)
6596 \begin_layout Section
6597 Nesting Environments
6601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6602 Nesting ! Environments
6608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6617 \begin_layout Subsection
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6622 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6624 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6626 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6628 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6640 \begin_layout Enumerate
6644 \begin_layout Enumerate
6649 \begin_layout Enumerate
6653 \begin_layout Enumerate
6658 \begin_layout Enumerate
6662 \begin_layout Standard
6663 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6664 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6667 \begin_inset space ~
6671 \begin_inset space ~
6679 \begin_inset space ~
6683 \begin_inset space ~
6692 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6693 will tell you how far you are nested).
6694 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6695 \begin_inset Graphics
6696 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6701 \begin_inset Graphics
6702 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6706 or the convenient key bindings
6717 arg "depth-increment"
6723 arg "depth-decrement"
6726 to change the nesting level.
6727 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6728 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6732 \begin_layout Standard
6733 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6734 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6735 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6736 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6739 \begin_layout Standard
6740 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6741 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6743 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6746 \begin_layout Subsection
6747 What You Can and Can't Nest
6750 \begin_layout Standard
6751 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6752 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6755 \begin_layout Standard
6756 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6757 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6758 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6761 \begin_layout Itemize
6762 Completely unnestable
6765 \begin_layout Itemize
6766 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6767 other things inside of them.
6770 \begin_layout Itemize
6771 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6775 \begin_layout Standard
6776 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6777 environments have them:
6780 \begin_layout Description
6781 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6782 Can't nest into them.
6786 \begin_layout Itemize
6792 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Itemize
6804 \begin_layout Itemize
6810 \begin_layout Itemize
6817 \begin_layout Description
6819 \begin_inset space ~
6822 Nestable You can nest them.
6823 You can nest other things into them.
6827 \begin_layout Itemize
6833 \begin_layout Itemize
6839 \begin_layout Itemize
6845 \begin_layout Itemize
6851 \begin_layout Itemize
6857 \begin_layout Itemize
6863 \begin_layout Itemize
6869 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Description
6877 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6878 You can't nest anything into them.
6882 \begin_layout Itemize
6888 \begin_layout Itemize
6894 \begin_layout Itemize
6900 \begin_layout Itemize
6906 \begin_layout Itemize
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6918 \begin_layout Itemize
6924 \begin_layout Itemize
6930 \begin_layout Itemize
6936 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6948 \begin_layout Itemize
6954 \begin_layout Itemize
6960 \begin_layout Itemize
6964 \begin_inset space ~
6970 \begin_layout Itemize
6977 \begin_layout Standard
6978 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6986 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6995 \begin_inset space ~
6999 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7003 \begin_inset space ~
7006 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7007 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7008 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7016 \begin_layout Subsection
7017 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7022 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7030 \begin_layout Standard
7031 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7032 affected by nesting anyhow.
7036 \begin_layout Itemize
7040 \begin_layout Itemize
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7048 \begin_layout Standard
7050 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7058 Figures and tables in
7062 are not affected by this.
7067 Have a look at section
7068 \begin_inset space ~
7072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7074 reference "sec:Floats"
7078 for more informations about
7085 \begin_layout Standard
7086 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7087 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7092 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7100 of its own, it behaves just like a
7101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7108 paragraph environment.
7109 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7113 \begin_layout Standard
7114 Here's an example with a table:
7117 \begin_layout Enumerate
7122 \begin_layout Enumerate
7123 This is (a) and it's nested.
7127 \begin_layout Standard
7128 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7134 \begin_layout Standard
7136 \begin_inset Tabular
7137 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7225 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7232 \begin_layout Enumerate
7234 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7238 \begin_layout Enumerate
7242 \begin_layout Standard
7243 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7246 \begin_layout Enumerate
7251 \begin_layout Enumerate
7252 This is (a) and it's nested.
7256 \begin_layout Standard
7257 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7263 \begin_layout Standard
7265 \begin_inset Tabular
7266 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7268 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7269 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7353 \begin_layout Standard
7354 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7360 \begin_layout Enumerate
7367 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7370 \begin_layout Enumerate
7374 \begin_layout Standard
7375 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7379 \begin_layout Standard
7380 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7382 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7385 \begin_layout Enumerate
7390 \begin_layout Enumerate
7391 This is (a) and it's nested.
7394 \begin_layout Standard
7395 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7401 \begin_layout Standard
7403 \begin_inset Tabular
7404 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7406 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7407 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7491 \begin_layout Standard
7492 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7498 \begin_layout Enumerate
7500 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7508 \begin_layout Enumerate
7512 \begin_layout Standard
7513 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7519 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7520 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7524 \begin_layout Subsection
7525 Usage and General Features
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7529 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7538 is the innermost possible depth.
7539 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7542 \begin_layout Enumerate
7543 level #1 - outermost
7547 \begin_layout Enumerate
7552 \begin_layout Enumerate
7557 \begin_layout Enumerate
7562 \begin_layout Itemize
7567 \begin_layout Itemize
7576 \begin_layout Standard
7577 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7578 both of them in the example.
7579 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7589 For example, if we tried to nest another
7594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Subsection
7609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7618 \begin_layout Standard
7619 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7620 We have several examples of nested environments.
7621 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7626 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7629 \begin_layout Labeling
7630 \labelwidthstring MMM
7631 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7640 \begin_layout Labeling
7641 \labelwidthstring MMM
7642 #2-a This is level #2.
7643 We created it by using
7646 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7652 arg "depth-increment"
7659 \begin_layout Labeling
7660 \labelwidthstring MMM
7661 #3-a This is level #3.
7662 This time, we just hit
7669 arg "depth-increment"
7673 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7677 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7683 arg "depth-increment"
7690 \begin_layout Standard
7695 environment, nested inside of
7696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7704 So, it's at level #4.
7705 We did this by hitting
7708 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7714 arg "depth-increment"
7717 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7722 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7738 \begin_layout Standard
7743 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7746 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7752 \begin_layout Labeling
7753 \labelwidthstring MMM
7754 #4-a This is level #4.
7758 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7761 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7766 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7770 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7775 keep nesting things inside of
7776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7787 \begin_layout Labeling
7788 \labelwidthstring MMM
7789 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7794 \begin_layout Labeling
7795 \labelwidthstring MMM
7796 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7797 and this is level #6.
7798 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7802 \begin_layout Labeling
7803 \labelwidthstring MMM
7804 #5-b Back to level #5.
7808 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7814 arg "depth-decrement"
7821 \begin_layout Labeling
7822 \labelwidthstring MMM
7826 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7832 arg "depth-decrement"
7835 , we're back at level #4.
7839 \begin_layout Labeling
7840 \labelwidthstring MMM
7841 #3-b Back to level #3.
7842 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7846 \begin_layout Labeling
7847 \labelwidthstring MMM
7848 #2-b Back to level #2.
7853 \begin_layout Labeling
7854 \labelwidthstring MMM
7855 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7856 After this sentence, we'll hit
7860 and change the paragraph environment back to
7867 \begin_layout Standard
7868 We could have also used the
7884 environment in place of the
7889 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7893 Example 2: Inheritance
7896 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7897 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7900 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7909 arg "depth-increment"
7912 , after which, we'll change to the
7920 \begin_layout Enumerate
7925 environment, at level #2.
7928 \begin_layout Enumerate
7929 Notice how the nested
7933 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7937 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7941 \begin_layout Standard
7942 We ended this example by hitting
7947 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7951 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7954 arg "depth-decrement"
7960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7961 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7974 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7982 \begin_layout Enumerate
7983 This is level #1, in an
7987 paragraph environment.
7988 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7992 \begin_layout Enumerate
7997 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8003 arg "depth-increment"
8007 Now, what happens if we nest an
8011 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8012 label be? An asterisk?
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8026 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8027 So, its label is a bullet.
8028 (We got here by using
8031 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8037 arg "depth-increment"
8040 , then changing the environment to
8048 \begin_layout Itemize
8049 Here's level #4, produced using
8052 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8058 arg "depth-increment"
8062 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8067 \begin_layout Enumerate
8068 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8070 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8075 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8079 , because we are in the
8103 \begin_layout Enumerate
8108 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8109 type of numbering does LyX use?
8112 \begin_layout Enumerate
8113 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8116 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8119 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8122 \begin_layout Enumerate
8126 arg "depth-decrement"
8129 to decrease the depth after the next
8132 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8139 \begin_layout Enumerate
8141 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8145 \begin_layout Enumerate
8147 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8148 numeral as the label.Why?
8151 \begin_layout Enumerate
8152 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8161 Notice, however, that LyX
8165 reset the counter for the label.
8169 \begin_layout Enumerate
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-decrement"
8182 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8183 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8184 into the twofold-nested
8192 \begin_layout Enumerate
8193 The same thing happens if we do another
8196 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8202 arg "depth-decrement"
8205 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8208 \begin_layout Standard
8209 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8214 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8228 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8234 The same rule applies for the
8238 environment, as well.
8241 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8242 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8245 \begin_layout Enumerate
8246 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8247 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8248 same detail with how we did it.
8257 \begin_layout Standard
8265 arg "depth-increment"
8272 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8273 example in parentheses someplace.
8274 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8275 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8276 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8280 \begin_layout Enumerate
8285 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8290 Now we'll add verse.
8291 \begin_inset Newline newline
8294 It will get much worse.
8295 \begin_inset Newline newline
8305 arg "depth-increment"
8316 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8317 \begin_inset Newline newline
8320 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8321 \begin_inset Newline newline
8327 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8340 \begin_layout Standard
8341 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8347 \begin_layout Standard
8349 \begin_inset Tabular
8350 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8442 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8452 arg "depth-increment"
8458 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8468 arg "depth-decrement"
8475 \begin_layout Enumerate
8480 : level #1) This is another item.
8481 Note that selecting a
8485 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8486 3 times to put the table inside the
8494 \begin_layout Quotation
8495 We're now ending the
8499 list and changing to
8504 We're still at level #1.
8505 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8506 The next set of paragraphs is a
8507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8521 \begin_inset space ~
8526 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8530 for the letter body.
8534 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8537 to preserve the depth.
8538 Remember that you need to use
8541 arg "newline-insert newline"
8544 to create multiple lines inside the
8551 \begin_inset space ~
8561 \begin_layout Right Address
8563 \begin_inset Newline newline
8566 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8567 \begin_inset Newline newline
8573 \begin_layout Address
8575 \begin_inset space ~
8581 \begin_layout Quotation
8582 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8586 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8587 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8588 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8589 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8590 as soon as possible.
8591 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8594 \begin_layout Quotation
8595 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8596 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8597 with your order, along with payment.
8600 \begin_layout Quotation
8601 We thank you again for your patience.
8604 \begin_layout Address
8606 \begin_inset Newline newline
8613 \begin_layout Quotation
8614 That ends that example!
8617 \begin_layout Standard
8618 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8619 just a few keystrokes.
8620 We could have easily nested an
8641 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8644 \begin_layout Section
8645 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8658 \begin_layout Standard
8659 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8660 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8661 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8662 be broken at the end of a line.
8663 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8667 \begin_layout Subsection
8669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8671 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8688 \begin_layout Standard
8689 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8691 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8695 Further documentation is given in section
8696 \begin_inset Newline newline
8700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8702 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8710 \begin_layout Standard
8711 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8726 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8735 A protected space is set with
8737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8738 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8742 \begin_inset space ~
8756 \begin_layout Subsection
8758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8760 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8769 Spacing ! Horizontal
8777 \begin_layout Standard
8778 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8781 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8785 The length units are listed in Appendix
8786 \begin_inset space ~
8790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8792 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8799 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8803 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8820 \begin_layout Standard
8822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8826 \begin_inset space \space{}
8829 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8830 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8831 \begin_inset space ~
8835 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8837 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8842 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8843 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8846 arg "space-insert normal"
8852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8856 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8882 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8891 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8892 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8893 inside abbreviations:
8898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8902 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8907 \begin_inset space \space{}
8913 \begin_layout Standard
8914 or between values and units.
8915 Compare for example this:
8916 \begin_inset Newline newline
8920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8924 \begin_inset Newline newline
8930 \begin_layout Standard
8931 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8934 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8936 \begin_inset space ~
8944 arg "space-insert thin"
8950 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8954 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8961 \begin_layout Standard
8962 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8965 \begin_layout Description
8967 \begin_inset space ~
8971 \begin_inset space ~
8975 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8979 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8983 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8986 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8989 \begin_layout Description
8991 \begin_inset space ~
8995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8999 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9003 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9007 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9014 em) space between the arrows.
9017 \begin_layout Description
9019 \begin_inset space ~
9023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9027 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9031 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9035 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9039 \begin_inset space ~
9043 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9046 em) space between the arrows.
9049 \begin_layout Description
9051 \begin_inset space ~
9055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9059 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9063 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9067 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9071 \begin_inset space ~
9075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9078 em) space between the arrows.
9081 \begin_layout Description
9083 \begin_inset space ~
9087 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9091 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9096 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9103 cm space between the arrows.
9106 \begin_layout Standard
9108 \begin_inset space ~
9112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9114 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9118 lists the different space sizes.
9121 \begin_layout Standard
9122 \begin_inset Float table
9127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9129 \begin_inset Caption
9131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9132 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9134 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9138 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9148 \begin_inset Tabular
9149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9348 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9369 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9387 \begin_layout Standard
9388 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9389 in a uniform fashion.
9390 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9391 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9392 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9393 equally between themselves.
9397 \begin_layout Standard
9398 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9403 This is on the left side
9404 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9407 This is on the right
9413 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9417 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9430 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9434 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9441 That was an example in the
9447 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9451 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9455 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9458 is one in a standard paragraph.
9459 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9463 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9466 \begin_layout Standard
9467 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9470 \begin_inset space ~
9475 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9478 \begin_layout Standard
9480 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9484 \begin_inset space ~
9490 \begin_layout Standard
9492 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9496 \begin_inset space ~
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9504 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 \begin_layout Standard
9516 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9520 \begin_inset space ~
9526 \begin_layout Standard
9528 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9532 \begin_inset space ~
9538 \begin_layout Standard
9540 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9544 \begin_inset space ~
9550 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9563 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9564 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9565 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9569 option in the space dialog.
9577 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9591 \begin_layout Standard
9592 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9594 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9597 \begin_layout Standard
9598 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9601 What is correct English?:
9602 \begin_inset Newline newline
9606 \begin_inset Newline newline
9610 \begin_inset space ~
9613 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9614 \begin_inset Newline newline
9621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9632 \begin_inset Newline newline
9639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9650 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9656 \begin_layout Standard
9657 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9662 \begin_inset space ~
9666 \begin_inset space ~
9670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9674 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9692 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9696 for more information about TeX-Code.
9702 In our case write the command
9709 (note the space after
9710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9717 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9718 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9719 That is why it is named
9720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9732 There exists also the commands
9744 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9745 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9746 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9748 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9760 \begin_layout Subsection
9762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9764 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9784 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9785 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9787 \begin_inset space ~
9793 There you find the following sizes:
9796 \begin_layout Standard
9809 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9814 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9829 for the paragraph separation.
9830 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9856 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9857 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9859 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9860 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9869 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9878 s are described in section
9879 \begin_inset space ~
9883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9885 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9894 If there are several
9898 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9899 You can therefore use
9903 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9906 \begin_layout Standard
9911 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9912 \begin_inset space ~
9916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9918 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9926 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9936 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9937 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9949 \begin_layout Subsection
9953 \begin_layout Standard
9954 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9956 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9960 There are four possibilities:
9963 \begin_layout Itemize
9969 \begin_layout Itemize
9975 \begin_layout Itemize
9981 \begin_layout Itemize
9987 \begin_layout Standard
9988 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9989 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9990 the left and right margins.
9991 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9994 \begin_layout Standard
9996 This paragraph is right aligned,
9999 \begin_layout Standard
10001 this one is centered,
10004 \begin_layout Standard
10006 this one is left aligned.
10009 \begin_layout Subsection
10014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10015 Page breaks ! Forced
10021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10023 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10030 \begin_layout Standard
10031 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10032 can force a page break where you want one.
10033 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10034 Only if you use many
10038 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10041 \begin_layout Standard
10042 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10043 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10047 have to change the page breaking.
10050 \begin_layout Standard
10051 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10053 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10055 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10056 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10058 \begin_inset space ~
10064 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10067 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10069 \begin_inset space ~
10074 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10076 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10077 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10080 \begin_layout Standard
10081 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10082 at the top of a page.
10083 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10084 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10085 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10086 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10090 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10094 to learn more about
10101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10105 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10114 Page breaks ! Clear
10122 \begin_layout Standard
10123 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10124 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10125 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10126 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10127 if necessary by adding pages.
10130 \begin_layout Standard
10131 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10133 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10134 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10136 \begin_inset space ~
10142 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10145 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10147 \begin_inset space ~
10151 \begin_inset space ~
10156 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10157 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10160 \begin_layout Subsection
10165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10174 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10181 \begin_layout Standard
10182 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10184 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10187 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10189 \begin_inset space ~
10193 \begin_inset space ~
10201 arg "newline-insert newline"
10205 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10208 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10210 \begin_inset space ~
10214 \begin_inset space ~
10219 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10221 This is necessary to avoid
10222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10229 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10233 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10234 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10235 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10236 set a line break, e.g.
10237 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10238 \begin_inset space ~
10242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10244 reference "sec:Quote"
10249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10251 reference "sec:Verse"
10256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10258 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10265 \begin_layout Subsection
10267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10269 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 \begin_layout Standard
10291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10292 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10294 \begin_inset space ~
10299 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10305 \begin_layout Section
10306 Characters and Symbols
10309 \begin_layout Standard
10310 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10311 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10316 \begin_inset space ~
10319 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10327 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10331 for informations how this is done.
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10340 dialog via the menu
10342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10343 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10349 \begin_layout Standard
10350 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10358 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10359 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10360 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10368 \begin_layout Section
10369 Fonts and Text Styles
10370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10372 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10379 \begin_layout Subsection
10384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10393 \begin_layout Standard
10394 There are two types of fonts:
10397 \begin_layout Description
10399 \begin_inset space ~
10406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10413 characters) in the font.
10414 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10415 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10416 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10417 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10418 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10419 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10420 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10421 provide a good image.
10422 \begin_inset Newline newline
10425 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10426 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10427 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10428 sizes than at small ones.
10429 \begin_inset Newline newline
10443 \begin_inset space ~
10451 \begin_layout Description
10453 \begin_inset space ~
10460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10466 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10467 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10468 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10469 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10470 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10471 picture manipulation program.
10472 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10473 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10474 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10475 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10476 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10478 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10479 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10480 \begin_inset Newline newline
10483 Bitmap fonts are named
10486 \begin_inset space ~
10491 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10494 \begin_layout Standard
10495 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10496 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10497 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10498 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10499 use scalable fonts.
10502 \begin_layout Standard
10503 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10504 its document properties.
10507 \begin_layout Standard
10508 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10509 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10510 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10511 font to emphasize text, you use an
10512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10520 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10521 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10525 \begin_layout Subsection
10526 Document Font and Font size
10527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10529 name "sub:Document-Font"
10537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10556 \begin_layout Standard
10557 You can set the document fonts in the
10559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10567 Document ! Settings
10573 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10574 font shapes roman (serif),
10577 \begin_inset space ~
10589 \begin_layout Standard
10590 The possible options for the font include
10594 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10599 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10621 European Computer Modern
10624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10634 \begin_layout Standard
10643 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10644 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10649 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10652 \begin_inset space ~
10657 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10663 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10664 There are three ways to use one:
10667 \begin_layout Itemize
10668 One way is to use the
10678 Virtual means that it
10679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10690 -glyphs from other fonts.
10691 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10713 Loading the LaTeX-package
10721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10722 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10727 with the document preamble line
10730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10735 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10739 will fix the guillemet problem.
10744 and that accented characters are not
10748 glyph, they are build of
10752 characters, the accent and the letter.
10753 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10757 fonts for words with accented characters.
10758 If you search for example for the French word
10759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10766 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10775 and not for the glyph
10776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10780 \begin_inset space ~
10784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10790 \begin_layout Itemize
10791 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 , consist of these three main font types
10807 \begin_inset space ~
10836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10840 \begin_inset space ~
10847 as typewriter font.
10848 \begin_inset Newline newline
10851 The differences between roman,
10854 \begin_inset space ~
10863 fonts are explained in section
10864 \begin_inset space ~
10868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10870 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10875 \begin_inset Newline newline
10882 was originally designed for newspapers.
10883 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10884 into the small newspaper columns.
10889 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10892 \begin_layout Itemize
10893 The best solution is to use the
10902 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10906 as the default font.
10907 In most cases they look the same as
10915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10916 One difference is improved kerning for the
10929 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10940 \begin_layout Standard
10941 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10944 For the font size there are four possible values:
10961 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10964 \begin_layout Standard
10965 The font sizes are the
10970 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
10971 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10972 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10975 \begin_inset space ~
10981 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10982 \begin_inset space ~
10986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10988 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10995 \begin_layout Standard
11000 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11001 a font to display the script characters.
11005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11006 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11011 So this has no effect for the document language
11027 \begin_layout Standard
11028 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11032 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11040 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11044 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11045 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11046 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11048 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11051 dialog, see section
11052 \begin_inset space ~
11056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11058 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11070 \begin_layout Subsection
11071 Using Different Character Styles
11075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11094 \begin_layout Standard
11095 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11096 certain paragraph environments.
11097 LyX supports two character styles,
11106 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11110 \begin_layout Standard
11115 style, do one of the following:
11118 \begin_layout Itemize
11119 click on the toolbar button
11120 \begin_inset Graphics
11121 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11128 \begin_layout Itemize
11129 use the key binding
11138 \begin_layout Standard
11139 These commands are all toggles.
11144 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11147 \begin_layout Standard
11148 One typically uses the
11152 style for proper names.
11154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11161 is the original author of LyX.
11162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11168 \begin_layout Standard
11169 A more widely used character style is the
11174 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11181 \begin_layout Itemize
11182 clicking on the toolbar button
11183 \begin_inset Graphics
11184 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11191 \begin_layout Itemize
11192 using the keybindings
11201 \begin_layout Standard
11206 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11207 es use a different font.
11210 \begin_layout Standard
11211 We've been using the
11215 style all over the place in this document.
11216 Here's one more example:
11219 \begin_layout Quotation
11222 Don't overuse character styles!
11225 \begin_layout Standard
11226 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11227 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11228 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11229 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11233 \begin_layout Standard
11234 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11242 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11244 \begin_inset space ~
11252 \begin_layout Subsection
11253 Fine-Tuning with the
11258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11260 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11277 \begin_layout Standard
11278 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11279 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11280 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11281 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11282 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11283 from ordinary dialog.
11286 \begin_layout Standard
11287 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11288 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11289 \begin_inset Newline newline
11292 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11293 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11296 \begin_layout Standard
11297 To use custom character styles, open the
11299 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11301 \begin_inset space ~
11307 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11308 font property which you can choose.
11309 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11312 \begin_inset space ~
11317 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11322 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11323 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11324 environments in a snap.
11327 \begin_layout Standard
11328 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11331 \begin_inset space ~
11343 \begin_layout Labeling
11344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11358 The possible options are:
11362 \begin_layout Labeling
11363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11368 This is the Roman font family.
11369 Normally a serif font.
11370 It's also the default family.
11380 \begin_layout Labeling
11381 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11385 \begin_inset space ~
11392 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11404 \begin_layout Labeling
11405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11412 This is the Typewriter font family.
11418 arg "font-typewriter"
11427 \begin_layout Labeling
11428 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11433 This corresponds to the print weight.
11438 \begin_layout Labeling
11439 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11444 This is the Medium font series.
11445 It's also the default series.
11448 \begin_layout Labeling
11449 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11456 This is the Bold font series.
11469 \begin_layout Labeling
11470 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11475 As the name implies.
11480 \begin_layout Labeling
11481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11486 This is the Upright font shape.
11487 It's also the default shape.
11490 \begin_layout Labeling
11491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11505 s the Italic font shape
11511 \begin_layout Labeling
11512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11519 This is the Slanted font shape
11521 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11524 \begin_layout Labeling
11525 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11529 \begin_inset space ~
11536 This is the Small caps font shape
11543 \begin_layout Labeling
11544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11549 Alters the size of the font.
11550 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11551 nal to the document font size.
11552 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11553 what you want to do.
11558 \begin_layout Labeling
11559 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11580 arg "font-size tiny"
11586 \begin_layout Labeling
11587 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11608 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11614 \begin_layout Labeling
11615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11636 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11642 \begin_layout Labeling
11643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11664 arg "font-size small"
11670 \begin_layout Labeling
11671 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11685 It's also the default size.
11689 arg "font-size normal"
11695 \begin_layout Labeling
11696 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11717 arg "font-size large"
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11745 arg "font-size larger"
11751 \begin_layout Labeling
11752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11773 arg "font-size largest"
11779 \begin_layout Labeling
11780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11801 arg "font-size huge"
11807 \begin_layout Labeling
11808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11829 arg "font-size giant"
11836 \begin_layout Standard
11841 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11842 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11843 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11844 - use that instead.
11845 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11848 \begin_layout Labeling
11849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11854 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11859 \begin_layout Labeling
11860 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11867 This is text with emphasize on
11870 This might seem like the same as
11874 , but it is actually a bit different.
11880 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11882 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11885 \begin_layout Labeling
11886 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11893 This is text with Underbar on.
11899 arg "font-underline"
11905 \begin_inset Newline newline
11910 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11911 when you couldn't change fonts.
11912 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11913 It's only included in LyX because some people
11917 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11920 \begin_layout Labeling
11921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11928 This is text with Noun on.
11935 , this is a logical attribute.
11936 Normally it's equivalent to
11939 \begin_inset space ~
11948 \begin_layout Labeling
11949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11954 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11955 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
11959 \begin_inset space ~
11964 , which is the default
11965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11972 and means normally black, you can choose between
12008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12017 \begin_layout Labeling
12018 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12023 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12024 the language of the document.
12025 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12029 \begin_layout Standard
12030 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12031 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12033 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12035 \begin_inset space ~
12040 dialog, the settings are saved.
12041 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12042 \begin_inset Graphics
12043 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12048 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12049 when the dialog isn't visible.
12053 \begin_layout Standard
12054 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12061 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12062 (suppose you just set the shape to
12063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12075 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12081 \begin_inset space ~
12093 \begin_layout Standard
12094 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12102 \begin_inset space ~
12114 \begin_layout Itemize
12120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12127 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12145 \begin_inset Newline newline
12152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12177 \begin_inset Note Note
12180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12181 For more on phantoms see section
12182 \begin_inset space ~
12186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12188 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12198 \begin_inset Newline newline
12204 \begin_layout Itemize
12209 fonts use characters with serifs.
12210 These are the small
12211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12218 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12219 The following example will show the difference:
12220 \begin_inset Newline newline
12224 \begin_inset Newline newline
12229 text without serifs
12232 \begin_inset Newline newline
12235 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12236 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12243 \begin_layout Itemize
12249 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12250 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12253 \begin_layout Standard
12254 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12255 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12258 \begin_layout Section
12259 Printing and Previewing
12262 \begin_layout Subsection
12266 \begin_layout Standard
12267 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12268 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12269 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12270 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12271 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12274 \begin_inset space ~
12282 \begin_layout Standard
12283 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12284 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12285 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12286 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12287 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12288 This happens in two stages:
12291 \begin_layout Enumerate
12292 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12293 generating a file with the extension,
12294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12308 \begin_layout Enumerate
12309 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12313 file to produce printable output.
12317 \begin_layout Subsection
12318 Output file formats
12322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12331 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12338 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12344 File formats ! ASCII
12352 \begin_layout Standard
12353 This file type has the extension
12354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12366 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12370 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12377 \begin_layout Standard
12378 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12380 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12381 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12387 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12393 File formats ! LaTeX
12401 \begin_layout Standard
12402 This file type has the extension
12403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12414 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12416 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12417 it manually with console commands.
12418 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12419 you view or export your document.
12422 \begin_layout Standard
12423 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12425 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12426 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12443 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 This file type has the extension
12459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12480 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12481 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12483 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12487 \begin_layout Standard
12488 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12496 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12497 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12502 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12503 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12504 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12505 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12511 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12512 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12518 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12524 File formats ! PostScript
12532 \begin_layout Standard
12533 This file type has the extension
12534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12546 PostScript was developed by the company
12550 as printer language.
12551 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12553 PostScript can be seen as
12554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12557 programming language
12558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12561 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12566 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12576 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12586 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12589 \begin_layout Standard
12590 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12594 Encapsulated PostScript
12595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12598 (EPS, file extension
12599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12611 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12612 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12613 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12614 whenever you view or export your document.
12615 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12616 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12617 EPS to avoid this problem.
12620 \begin_layout Standard
12621 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12623 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12624 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12654 \begin_layout Standard
12655 This file type has the extension
12656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12672 Portable Document Format
12673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12676 (PDF) is developed by
12680 as derivative from PostScript.
12681 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12690 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12691 looks exactly the same.
12694 \begin_layout Standard
12695 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12699 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12703 (JPG, file extension
12704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12731 Portable Network Graphics
12732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12735 (PNG, file extension
12736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12748 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12749 in the background to one of these formats.
12750 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12751 will slow down your workflow.
12752 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12755 \begin_layout Standard
12756 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12758 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12761 in three different ways:
12764 \begin_layout Description
12765 PDF This uses the program
12769 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12770 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12774 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12775 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12778 \begin_layout Description
12780 \begin_inset space ~
12783 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12787 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12791 \begin_layout Description
12793 \begin_inset space ~
12796 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12800 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12803 \begin_layout Standard
12804 We recommend to use
12807 \begin_inset space ~
12816 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12822 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12825 \begin_layout Subsection
12830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12839 \begin_layout Standard
12840 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12841 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12845 and choose a file type.
12846 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12849 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 you can use the toolbar button
12853 \begin_inset Graphics
12854 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12861 arg "buffer-view dvi"
12866 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12868 \begin_inset space ~
12874 \begin_inset Graphics
12875 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
12881 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12885 \begin_inset Graphics
12886 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
12893 arg "buffer-view ps"
12899 \begin_layout Standard
12900 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12901 viewer window using the menu
12903 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12909 \begin_layout Standard
12910 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12912 To have a real output, export your document.
12915 \begin_layout Subsection
12916 Printing the File from within LyX
12917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12919 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12926 \begin_layout Standard
12927 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12928 it directly from within LyX.
12929 To print a file, select the menu
12931 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12934 or click on the toolbar button
12935 \begin_inset Graphics
12936 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12941 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12942 This file is then processed by the program
12946 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12951 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12954 \begin_layout Standard
12955 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12956 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12957 printing one set to print on the other side.
12958 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12959 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12960 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12963 \begin_layout Standard
12964 You can set the parameters in the
12967 \begin_inset space ~
12975 \begin_layout Labeling
12976 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12981 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12986 Note that this printer name is for the program
12995 has to be configured for this printer name.
12996 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12997 \begin_inset space ~
13001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13003 reference "sub:Printer"
13012 The printer should understand PostScript.
13015 \begin_layout Labeling
13016 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13021 The name of a file to print to.
13022 The output will be a PostScript file.
13023 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13027 \begin_layout Section
13028 A few Words about Typography
13032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13041 \begin_layout Subsection
13046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13055 \begin_layout Standard
13057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13068 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13083 \begin_layout Enumerate
13085 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13089 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13107 \begin_layout Enumerate
13109 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13113 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13144 \begin_layout Enumerate
13146 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13150 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13194 \begin_layout Enumerate
13196 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13200 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13204 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13222 \begin_layout Standard
13223 You generate them by inserting the
13224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13235 character multiple times in a row.
13236 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13237 final output, but not in LyX.
13240 \begin_layout Standard
13241 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13242 math mode and has a length of its own.
13243 Here are some examples of the
13244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13258 \begin_layout Enumerate
13259 line- and page-breaks
13260 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13270 \begin_layout Enumerate
13272 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13282 \begin_layout Enumerate
13283 Oh --- there's a dash.
13284 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13294 \begin_layout Enumerate
13295 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13299 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13309 \begin_layout Subsection
13314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13323 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13330 \begin_layout Standard
13331 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13332 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13341 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13346 following the rules of the document language
13350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13351 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13359 \begin_inset space ~
13363 \begin_inset space ~
13370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13381 \begin_layout Standard
13382 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13387 and with unusual constructs, like
13388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13396 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13397 This is done with the menu
13399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13400 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13402 \begin_inset space ~
13408 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13409 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13412 \begin_layout Standard
13413 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13414 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13415 a hyphen and a space in the form
13416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13424 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13432 as hyphenation possibility.
13433 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13434 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13435 of the LaTeX-box-command
13441 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13442 As LyX doesn't support
13448 , we have to use TeX Code.
13449 The result looks in LyX like:
13452 \begin_layout Standard
13453 \begin_inset Graphics
13454 filename clipart/mbox.png
13461 \begin_layout Standard
13462 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13463 \begin_inset space ~
13467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13469 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13476 \begin_layout Subsection
13481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13490 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13491 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13494 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13501 \begin_layout Standard
13502 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13503 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13504 LaTeX then adds the
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13508 appropriate amount of space
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13515 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13518 \begin_layout Standard
13519 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13533 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13534 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13537 \begin_layout Standard
13538 Here are some examples of
13542 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13545 \begin_layout Itemize
13550 \begin_layout Itemize
13555 \begin_layout Standard
13556 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13559 \begin_layout Itemize
13562 this is too much space!
13565 \begin_layout Itemize
13570 \begin_layout Standard
13571 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13574 \begin_layout Standard
13575 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13578 \begin_layout Enumerate
13582 \begin_inset space ~
13587 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13588 \begin_inset space ~
13592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13594 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13603 Spaces ! inter-word
13611 \begin_layout Enumerate
13615 \begin_inset space ~
13620 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13621 \begin_inset space ~
13625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13627 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13644 \begin_layout Enumerate
13648 \begin_inset space ~
13652 \begin_inset space ~
13656 \begin_inset space ~
13663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13665 \begin_inset space ~
13670 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13671 This function is also bound to
13674 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13680 \begin_layout Standard
13681 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13684 \begin_layout Itemize
13686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13690 \begin_inset space \space{}
13693 this is too much space!
13696 \begin_layout Itemize
13697 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13701 \begin_layout Standard
13702 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13703 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13704 LaTeX will care about this.
13707 \begin_layout Standard
13708 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13712 \begin_inset space ~
13717 feature described in section
13723 Additional Features
13728 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13734 Typography ! Quotes
13743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13774 \begin_layout Standard
13775 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13776 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13777 and use a closing quote at the end.
13779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13787 The keyboard character,
13791 , generates this automatically.
13794 \begin_layout Standard
13795 You can change the behavior of the
13799 key using the submenu
13805 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13813 Document ! Settings
13821 \begin_layout Standard
13822 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13827 There are six choices:
13830 \begin_layout Labeling
13831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13843 Use quotes like this
13844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13852 \begin_inset Quotes els
13856 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13862 \begin_layout Labeling
13863 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13866 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13870 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13876 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13880 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13884 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13890 \begin_layout Labeling
13891 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13894 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13898 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13904 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13908 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13912 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13916 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13922 \begin_layout Labeling
13923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13926 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13930 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13936 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13940 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13944 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13948 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13954 \begin_layout Labeling
13955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13958 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13962 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13968 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13972 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13976 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13980 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13986 \begin_layout Labeling
13987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13990 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13994 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14000 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14004 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14008 \begin_inset Quotes als
14012 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14018 \begin_layout Standard
14019 These settings affects what character the
14026 \begin_layout Subsection
14031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14032 Typography ! Ligatures
14041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14072 name "sub:Ligatures"
14079 \begin_layout Standard
14080 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14081 print them as single characters.
14082 These groups are known as
14087 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14089 Here are the standard ligatures:
14092 \begin_layout Itemize
14096 \begin_layout Itemize
14100 \begin_layout Itemize
14104 \begin_layout Itemize
14108 \begin_layout Itemize
14112 \begin_layout Standard
14113 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14118 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14126 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14142 To break a ligature, use
14144 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14145 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14147 \begin_inset space ~
14154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14165 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14182 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14190 \begin_layout Subsection
14195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14204 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14211 \begin_layout Standard
14212 You have surely noticed, that the word
14213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14220 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14221 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14222 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14242 \begin_inset Note Note
14245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14246 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14254 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14255 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14260 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14264 \begin_layout Description
14265 LyX The name of the game, write
14266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14287 \begin_layout Description
14288 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14310 \begin_layout Description
14311 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14333 \begin_layout Description
14334 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14356 \begin_layout Standard
14357 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14362 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14370 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14371 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14372 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14375 : The actual version is
14376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14383 , the previous one was
14384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14394 \begin_layout Standard
14395 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14396 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14398 This will look in LyX like:
14399 \begin_inset Graphics
14400 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14406 \begin_inset Newline newline
14409 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14410 \begin_inset space ~
14414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14416 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14423 \begin_layout Subsection
14428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14437 \begin_layout Standard
14438 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14439 space between two words.
14440 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14450 for units use the menu
14452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14453 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14455 \begin_inset space ~
14463 arg "space-insert thin"
14469 \begin_layout Standard
14470 Here's an example to show the differences:
14473 \begin_layout Standard
14474 \begin_inset Tabular
14475 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14477 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14478 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14485 \begin_inset space ~
14489 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14501 space between number and unit
14508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14517 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14529 half space between number and unit
14542 \begin_layout Subsection
14547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14548 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14556 \begin_layout Standard
14557 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14559 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14560 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14561 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14562 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14563 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14564 These bits of text became known as
14575 \begin_layout Standard
14576 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14577 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14578 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14579 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14580 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14581 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14582 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14585 \begin_layout Standard
14586 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14587 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14588 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14589 \begin_inset space ~
14593 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14595 key "latexcompanion"
14600 \begin_inset space ~
14604 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14610 ] may have more information.
14611 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14614 \begin_layout Chapter
14615 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14618 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14625 \begin_layout Standard
14626 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14631 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14634 \begin_layout Section
14639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14655 \begin_layout Standard
14656 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14659 \begin_layout Description
14661 \begin_inset space ~
14664 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14665 \begin_inset Newline newline
14669 \begin_inset Note Note
14672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14673 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14681 \begin_layout Description
14682 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14683 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14685 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14686 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14687 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14690 \begin_inset Newline newline
14694 \begin_inset Note Comment
14697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14698 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14706 \begin_layout Description
14708 \begin_inset space ~
14711 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14712 \begin_inset Newline newline
14716 \begin_inset Newline newline
14720 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14729 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14730 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14731 How this can be done is explained in the
14740 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14746 \begin_inset Newline newline
14750 \begin_inset Newline newline
14753 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14754 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14758 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14759 \begin_inset Graphics
14760 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14762 scaleBeforeRotation
14768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14772 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14775 \begin_layout Section
14780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14787 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14789 name "sec:Footnotes"
14796 \begin_layout Standard
14797 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14803 or the toolbar button
14804 \begin_inset Graphics
14805 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14818 \begin_inset Graphics
14819 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14828 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14857 label, the box will
14861 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14862 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14875 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14892 Here's an example footnote:
14900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14901 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
14909 \begin_layout Standard
14910 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14911 position where the footnote box is placed.
14912 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14913 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14914 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14915 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14916 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14921 ey are described in the
14928 \begin_layout Section
14933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14942 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14949 \begin_layout Standard
14950 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14951 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14955 \begin_inset space ~
14960 or the toolbar button
14961 \begin_inset Graphics
14962 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14989 appearing within your text.
14990 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14999 \begin_layout Standard
15000 At the side is an example marginal note.
15004 \begin_inset Marginal
15007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15008 This is a marginal note.
15016 \begin_layout Standard
15017 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15018 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15019 pages, right on odd pages.
15022 \begin_layout Section
15023 Graphics and Images
15027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15046 name "sec:Graphics"
15053 \begin_layout Standard
15054 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15055 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15056 \begin_inset Graphics
15057 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15067 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15070 \begin_layout Standard
15071 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15076 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15077 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15079 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15080 \begin_inset space ~
15084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15086 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15093 \begin_layout Standard
15098 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15099 of the image in the output.
15100 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15104 \begin_inset space ~
15108 \begin_inset space ~
15117 \begin_inset space ~
15121 \begin_inset space ~
15125 \begin_inset space ~
15130 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15131 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15139 \begin_layout Standard
15142 LaTeX and LyX options
15144 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15145 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15149 \begin_inset space ~
15154 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15155 with the image size is printed.
15159 \begin_inset space ~
15163 \begin_inset space ~
15167 \begin_inset space ~
15172 is explained in the
15183 \begin_layout Standard
15184 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15185 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15187 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15191 \begin_layout Standard
15193 \begin_inset Graphics
15194 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15196 rotateOrigin center
15203 \begin_layout Standard
15204 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15205 the image into a float, see section
15206 \begin_inset space ~
15210 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15212 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15219 \begin_layout Subsection
15224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15233 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15240 \begin_layout Standard
15241 You can insert images in any known file format.
15242 But as we explained in section
15243 \begin_inset space ~
15247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15249 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15253 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15254 LyX uses therefore the program
15258 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15259 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15260 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15261 \begin_inset space ~
15265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15267 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15274 \begin_layout Standard
15275 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15278 \begin_layout Description
15280 \begin_inset space ~
15283 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15284 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15285 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15289 Graphics Interchange Format
15290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15293 (GIF, file extension
15294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15341 Portable Network Graphics
15342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15345 (PNG, file extension
15346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15393 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15397 (JPG, file extension
15398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15456 \begin_layout Description
15458 \begin_inset space ~
15461 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15463 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15464 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15465 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15466 \begin_inset Newline newline
15469 Scalable image formats can be
15470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15473 Scalable Vector Graphics
15474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15477 (SVG, file extension
15478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15525 Encapsulated PostScript
15526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15529 (EPS, file extension
15530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15577 Portable Document Format
15578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15581 (PDF, file extension
15582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15604 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15605 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15606 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15612 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15620 \begin_layout Standard
15621 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15625 \begin_layout Subsection
15626 Grouping of Image Settings
15630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15631 Images ! Settings grouping
15639 \begin_layout Standard
15640 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15642 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15643 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15645 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15646 need to manually change each of them.
15650 \begin_layout Standard
15651 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15654 \begin_inset space ~
15658 \begin_inset space ~
15663 field in the Graphics dialog.
15664 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15665 by checking the name of the desired group.
15668 \begin_layout Section
15673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15690 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15691 \begin_inset Graphics
15692 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15703 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15704 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15705 from the rest of the table.
15706 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15707 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15709 Here's an example table:
15712 \begin_layout Standard
15714 \begin_inset Tabular
15715 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15718 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_layout Subsection
15924 \begin_layout Standard
15925 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15926 brings up the table dialog.
15927 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15928 where the cursor is placed currently.
15929 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15930 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15931 done on all of your selection.
15934 \begin_layout Standard
15935 Additionally to the table dialog the
15938 \begin_inset space ~
15943 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15945 It is for example currently only possible to add
15946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15950 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15953 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15956 \begin_layout Standard
15960 \begin_inset space ~
15965 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15966 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15967 current cell respectively.
15968 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15970 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
15971 of text, see section
15972 \begin_inset space ~
15976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15978 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15985 \begin_layout Standard
15986 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15992 This will merge the cells to
15996 cell, spread over more than one column.
15997 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15998 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15999 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16000 in the last row without the upper border:
16003 \begin_layout Standard
16005 \begin_inset Tabular
16006 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16007 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16009 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16022 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16031 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16107 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16142 \begin_layout Standard
16143 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16144 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16145 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16146 explained in the tables section of the
16149 \begin_inset space ~
16155 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16159 degrees counterclockwise.
16160 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16163 \begin_layout Standard
16164 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16172 Most DVI-viewers are
16176 able to display rotations.
16184 \begin_layout Standard
16189 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16194 adds lines for all cell borders.
16197 \begin_layout Subsection
16202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16203 Tables ! Longtables
16212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 \begin_layout Standard
16222 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16225 \begin_inset space ~
16229 \begin_inset space ~
16238 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16239 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16242 \begin_layout Description
16247 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16248 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16249 except for the first page, if
16252 \begin_inset space ~
16260 \begin_layout Description
16264 \begin_inset space ~
16269 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16270 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16273 \begin_layout Description
16278 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16279 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16280 except for the last page, if
16283 \begin_inset space ~
16291 \begin_layout Description
16295 \begin_inset space ~
16300 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16301 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16304 \begin_layout Description
16305 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16306 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16308 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16312 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16315 \begin_inset space ~
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16324 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16325 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16326 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16327 The others will then be defined as
16332 In this context, first means first in this order:
16335 \begin_inset space ~
16347 \begin_inset space ~
16353 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16358 \begin_inset Tabular
16359 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16360 <features islongtable="true">
16361 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16362 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16363 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16364 <row endfirsthead="true">
16365 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16371 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16376 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16395 <row endfirsthead="true">
16396 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16416 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16428 <row endhead="true">
16429 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16440 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16449 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16459 <row endhead="true">
16460 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <row endfoot="true">
16493 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16504 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <row endlastfoot="true">
18475 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18486 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 \begin_layout Subsection
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18526 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18533 \begin_layout Standard
18534 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18535 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18536 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18537 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18541 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18542 for the cell's paragraph.
18545 \begin_layout Standard
18546 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18547 for the column in the table dialog.
18548 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18549 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18553 \begin_layout Standard
18555 \begin_inset Tabular
18556 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18558 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18559 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18560 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18580 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18705 This is longer now.
18710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18762 This is longer now.
18767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 \begin_layout Standard
18794 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18795 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18801 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18807 Selection with the mouse or with
18811 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18812 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18813 the selection from outside the table.
18816 \begin_layout Section
18821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18837 \begin_layout Standard
18838 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18839 have a fixed location.
18841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18848 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18856 \begin_inset space ~
18861 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18862 too much notes at the page.
18865 \begin_layout Standard
18866 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18867 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18868 and pages without text.
18869 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18870 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18871 Floats are therefore numbered.
18872 Referencing is described in section
18873 \begin_inset space ~
18877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18879 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18886 \begin_layout Standard
18887 To insert a float, use the menu
18889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18893 A box with a caption that has e.
18894 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18898 \begin_inset space ~
18902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18906 \begin_inset space ~
18910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18913 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18914 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18916 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18927 paragraph within the float.
18928 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18929 by left-clicking on the box label.
18930 A closed float box looks like this:
18931 \begin_inset Graphics
18932 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18937 -- a gray button with a red label.
18940 \begin_layout Standard
18941 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18942 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18945 \begin_layout Subsection
18949 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 Floats ! Figure floats
18961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18963 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18970 \begin_layout Standard
18973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18974 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18977 inserts a float with the label
18978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18984 \begin_inset space ~
18990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18994 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18995 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18996 This is what we did for Figure
18997 \begin_inset space ~
19001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19003 reference "cap:Platypus"
19008 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19009 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19010 This was done in Figure
19011 \begin_inset space ~
19015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19017 reference "cap:Escher"
19024 \begin_layout Standard
19025 \begin_inset Float figure
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 \begin_inset Graphics
19033 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19035 rotateOrigin center
19042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 \begin_inset Caption
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19048 name "cap:Platypus"
19052 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19065 \begin_layout Standard
19066 \begin_inset Float figure
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 \begin_inset Caption
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19092 \begin_inset Graphics
19093 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19095 rotateOrigin center
19107 \begin_layout Standard
19108 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19110 As described in section
19111 \begin_inset space ~
19115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19117 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19121 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19126 and refer to it using the menu
19128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19132 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19141 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19153 \begin_layout Standard
19154 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19155 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19156 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19157 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19159 \begin_inset space ~
19163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19165 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19169 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19170 You can also set the images one below the other.
19172 \begin_inset space ~
19176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19178 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19183 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19185 reference "fig:Platypus"
19189 are the subfigures.
19192 \begin_layout Standard
19193 \begin_inset Float figure
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19199 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19203 \begin_inset Float figure
19208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 \begin_inset Caption
19211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19214 name "fig:Undefinable"
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19227 \begin_inset Graphics
19228 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19239 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19243 \begin_inset Float figure
19248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19249 \begin_inset Caption
19251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19252 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19254 name "fig:Platypus"
19266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 \begin_inset Graphics
19268 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19280 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19287 \begin_inset Caption
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19292 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19296 Two distorted images.
19309 \begin_layout Standard
19310 Note that the caption is added to the
19313 \begin_inset space ~
19317 \begin_inset space ~
19322 as described in section
19323 \begin_inset space ~
19327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19329 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19336 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19342 Floats ! Table floats
19350 \begin_layout Standard
19351 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19354 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19358 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19361 \begin_inset space ~
19365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19367 reference "cap:Table-float"
19371 is an example of a table float.
19374 \begin_layout Standard
19375 \begin_inset Float table
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19381 \begin_inset Caption
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19386 name "cap:Table-float"
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 \begin_inset Tabular
19401 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19403 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19404 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19405 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19555 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19576 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19597 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19611 \begin_layout Standard
19612 This float type is inserted with the menu
19614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19615 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19619 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19620 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19624 , described in section
19625 \begin_inset space ~
19629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19631 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19638 \begin_layout Standard
19639 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19653 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19656 \begin_layout Standard
19661 floatname{algorithm}{your
19662 \begin_inset space ~
19668 \begin_layout Standard
19669 to the document preamble (menu
19671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19678 \begin_inset space ~
19684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19698 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19704 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19712 \begin_layout Standard
19713 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19721 \begin_inset Graphics
19722 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19724 rotateOrigin center
19731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 \begin_inset Caption
19734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19737 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19741 This is a wrapped figure.
19742 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19755 This float type is used if you want to
19756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19763 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19765 It can be inserted using the menu
19767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19768 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19770 \begin_inset space ~
19775 if the LaTeX-package
19783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19784 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19797 \begin_inset space ~
19807 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19810 \begin_inset space ~
19814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19816 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19820 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 Available units are explained in Appendix
19830 \begin_inset space ~
19834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19836 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19845 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19849 \begin_layout Standard
19850 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19858 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19859 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19860 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19861 over some other text.
19869 \begin_layout Itemize
19870 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19871 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19872 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19873 breaks will appear.
19876 \begin_layout Itemize
19877 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19878 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19881 \begin_layout Itemize
19882 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19883 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19886 \begin_layout Itemize
19887 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19890 \begin_layout Subsection
19892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19894 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19911 \begin_layout Standard
19912 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19913 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19917 \begin_inset space ~
19925 \begin_layout Standard
19926 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
19927 have a multi-column document).
19928 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
19931 \begin_inset space ~
19937 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19938 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19945 \begin_layout Standard
19946 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19947 format is also the same: Table
19948 \begin_inset space ~
19952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19954 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19958 is an example of a rotated table float.
19961 \begin_layout Standard
19962 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19970 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19978 \begin_layout Standard
19979 \begin_inset Float table
19984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19985 \begin_inset Caption
19987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19990 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20004 \begin_inset Tabular
20005 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20071 \begin_layout Subsection
20073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20075 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 \begin_layout Standard
20093 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20094 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20095 \begin_inset Newline newline
20101 \begin_inset space ~
20106 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20107 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20109 \begin_inset Newline newline
20115 \begin_inset space ~
20120 is used to rotate floats, see section
20121 \begin_inset space ~
20125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20127 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20134 \begin_layout Standard
20135 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20136 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20139 \begin_inset space ~
20143 \begin_inset space ~
20151 \begin_layout Description
20153 \begin_inset space ~
20157 \begin_inset space ~
20160 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20163 \begin_layout Description
20165 \begin_inset space ~
20169 \begin_inset space ~
20172 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20175 \begin_layout Description
20177 \begin_inset space ~
20181 \begin_inset space ~
20184 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20187 \begin_layout Description
20189 \begin_inset space ~
20193 \begin_inset space ~
20196 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20199 \begin_layout Standard
20200 The order of the above option is
20205 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20209 \begin_inset space ~
20213 \begin_inset space ~
20221 \begin_inset space ~
20225 \begin_inset space ~
20230 , and then the others.
20231 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20233 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20234 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20237 \begin_layout Standard
20238 By default, each options has its own rules:
20241 \begin_layout Standard
20245 \begin_inset space ~
20249 \begin_inset space ~
20254 only floats occupying less than 70
20255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20258 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20261 \begin_layout Standard
20265 \begin_inset space ~
20269 \begin_inset space ~
20274 : only floats occupying less than 30
20275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20278 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20281 \begin_layout Standard
20285 \begin_inset space ~
20289 \begin_inset space ~
20294 : only if more than 50
20295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20298 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20302 \begin_layout Standard
20303 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20307 \begin_inset space ~
20311 \begin_inset space ~
20319 \begin_layout Standard
20320 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20321 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20322 For this case you can use the option
20325 \begin_inset space ~
20331 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20333 Because the float is then no longer able to
20334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20341 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20344 \begin_layout Standard
20345 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20346 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20349 \begin_layout Standard
20350 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20352 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20354 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20361 \begin_layout Section
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20375 name "sec:Minipages"
20382 \begin_layout Standard
20383 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20385 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20386 \begin_inset space ~
20393 \begin_layout Standard
20394 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20400 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20401 and its alignment within the page.
20404 \begin_layout Standard
20406 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20415 height_special "totalheight"
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20421 This is a minipage.
20422 The text is set in an italic style.
20425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20428 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20429 another formatting.
20437 \begin_layout Standard
20438 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20441 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20445 as described in section
20446 \begin_inset space ~
20450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20452 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20457 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20463 \begin_layout Standard
20464 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20473 height_special "totalheight"
20476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20477 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20478 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20484 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20488 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20497 height_special "totalheight"
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20501 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20502 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20510 \begin_layout Standard
20511 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20517 \begin_layout Standard
20518 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20519 to other box types.
20520 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20531 \begin_layout Chapter
20532 Mathematical Formulas
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20577 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20584 \begin_layout Standard
20585 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20590 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20593 \begin_layout Section
20598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20607 \begin_layout Standard
20608 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20609 \begin_inset Graphics
20610 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20615 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20617 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20618 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20619 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20627 \begin_layout Standard
20628 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20632 \begin_inset space ~
20637 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20640 \begin_layout Standard
20641 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20642 line, like this one:
20645 \begin_layout Standard
20646 This is a line with an inline formula
20647 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20653 \begin_layout Standard
20654 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20656 \begin_inset Formula \[
20661 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20664 \begin_layout Standard
20665 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20681 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20682 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20686 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20689 \begin_inset space ~
20697 \begin_layout Subsection
20698 Navigating in Formulas
20702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20711 \begin_layout Standard
20712 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20713 achieved with the arrow keys.
20714 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20715 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20720 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20721 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20725 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20729 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20731 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20739 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20744 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20745 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20748 \begin_layout Standard
20753 , printed in this document as
20754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20775 \begin_inset Note Note
20778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20779 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20780 space character (visible space).
20785 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20786 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20787 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20792 For example, if you want
20793 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20847 , since in the latter case only the
20850 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20855 will be under the square root sign:
20856 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20862 \begin_layout Standard
20863 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20865 \begin_inset Formula \[
20866 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20869 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20873 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20874 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20877 \begin_layout Subsection
20881 \begin_layout Standard
20882 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20883 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20887 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20888 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20889 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20890 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20891 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20894 \begin_layout Subsection
20895 Exponents and Subscripts
20899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20918 \begin_layout Standard
20919 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20920 way is to use a command.
20922 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20925 , type in a formula
20931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20947 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20953 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20957 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20978 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20987 , you have to use an extra
20991 to separate the hat and the character.
20994 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21015 Subscripts are similar: To get
21016 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21039 \begin_layout Subsection
21044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21053 \begin_layout Standard
21054 Create a fraction with either the command
21061 \begin_inset Graphics
21062 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21070 \begin_inset space ~
21076 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21077 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21078 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21083 To move back up, press
21088 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21089 \begin_inset Formula \[
21090 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21092 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21099 \begin_layout Subsection
21104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21113 \begin_layout Standard
21114 Roots can be created using the
21117 \begin_inset space ~
21123 \begin_inset Graphics
21124 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21147 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21153 produces always a square root.
21156 \begin_layout Subsection
21157 Operators with Limits
21161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21180 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21187 \begin_layout Standard
21189 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21193 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21196 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21197 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21198 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21199 The sum operator will automatically place its
21200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21207 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21210 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21214 \begin_inset Formula \[
21215 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21219 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21223 \begin_layout Standard
21224 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21226 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21227 behind the operator and hitting
21235 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21236 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21238 \begin_inset space ~
21242 \begin_inset space ~
21250 \begin_layout Standard
21251 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21259 feature as addition, such as
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21270 \begin_inset Formula \[
21271 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21275 which will place the
21276 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21288 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21289 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21295 \begin_layout Standard
21296 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21303 Have a look at section
21304 \begin_inset space ~
21308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21310 reference "sub:Functions"
21314 for an explanation of function macros.
21317 \begin_layout Subsection
21322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21331 \begin_layout Standard
21332 Most math symbols can be found in the
21335 \begin_inset space ~
21340 under one of several categories; including
21357 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21361 \begin_layout Standard
21362 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21363 you don't have to use the
21366 \begin_inset space ~
21371 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21372 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21375 \begin_layout Subsection
21380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21389 \begin_layout Standard
21390 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21399 \begin_inset space ~
21405 \begin_inset Graphics
21406 filename ../images/math/space.png
21411 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21412 Here a example for the sequence
21417 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21421 \begin_inset Graphics
21422 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21427 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21428 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21429 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21430 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21435 \begin_layout Standard
21445 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21451 \begin_layout Standard
21461 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21467 \begin_layout Subsection
21472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21481 name "sub:Functions"
21488 \begin_layout Standard
21492 \begin_inset space ~
21497 contains under the button
21498 \begin_inset Graphics
21499 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21503 a number of functions, such as
21504 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21508 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21516 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21523 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21524 avoid confusions, because
21525 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21529 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21535 \begin_layout Standard
21536 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21538 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21542 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21548 \begin_layout Standard
21549 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21550 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21551 \begin_inset space ~
21555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21557 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21564 \begin_layout Subsection
21569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21578 \begin_layout Standard
21579 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21581 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21582 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21584 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21587 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21588 Our example is entered by typing
21596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21609 \begin_inset space ~
21613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21615 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21619 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21622 \begin_layout Standard
21623 \begin_inset Float table
21628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21629 \begin_inset Caption
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21632 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21634 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21638 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 \begin_inset Tabular
21649 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21651 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21652 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21737 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21791 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21845 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21899 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22061 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22169 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22214 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22235 \begin_layout Standard
22236 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22239 \begin_inset space ~
22245 \begin_inset Graphics
22246 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22250 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22254 \begin_layout Section
22255 Brackets and Delimiters
22259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22278 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22285 \begin_layout Standard
22286 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22287 For most purposes, using just the keys
22292 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22293 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22296 \begin_inset space ~
22302 \begin_inset Graphics
22303 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22308 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22310 \begin_inset Formula \[
22311 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22313 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22317 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22318 \begin_inset Formula \[
22319 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22326 \begin_layout Standard
22327 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22328 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22331 \begin_layout Standard
22332 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22333 left side and right side.
22334 If you use the option
22337 \begin_inset space ~
22342 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22343 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22344 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22345 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22348 \begin_layout Standard
22349 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22350 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22351 inside the brackets.
22352 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22357 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22360 \begin_layout Standard
22361 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22372 \begin_layout Section
22377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22386 \begin_layout Standard
22387 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22388 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22400 \begin_inset Formula \[
22401 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22408 \begin_layout Standard
22409 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22424 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22425 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22426 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22429 \begin_layout Section
22430 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22455 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22463 \begin_layout Standard
22464 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22467 \begin_inset space ~
22473 \begin_inset Graphics
22474 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22479 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22480 Here is an example:
22481 \begin_inset Formula \[
22482 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22485 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22489 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22490 \begin_inset space ~
22494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22496 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22501 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22502 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22503 This alignment is set in the box
22508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22516 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22556 for every column as default.
22557 For example, the sequence
22558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22569 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22570 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22571 corresponds to the relevant column.
22572 The result will look like this:
22573 \begin_inset Formula \[
22575 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22576 column & has & has\, right\\
22577 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22584 \begin_layout Standard
22585 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22588 arg "newline-insert newline"
22591 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22592 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22594 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22600 \begin_layout Standard
22601 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22602 It can be created with the menu
22604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22605 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22607 \begin_inset space ~
22620 \begin_inset Formula \[
22624 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22631 \begin_layout Standard
22632 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22635 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22638 arg "newline-insert newline"
22642 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22647 arg "newline-insert newline"
22650 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22658 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22659 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22660 A new row is created by every further hit of
22663 arg "newline-insert newline"
22667 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22668 Here is an example:
22669 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22670 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22671 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22675 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22676 where you want to start the shift and hit
22681 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22682 position to the next column.
22683 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22684 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22685 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22686 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22693 \begin_layout Standard
22694 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22701 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22702 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22705 reference "eq:asquared"
22710 The other types are described in section
22711 \begin_inset space ~
22715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22717 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22724 \begin_layout Section
22725 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22730 Math ! Formula numbering
22739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22740 Math ! Referencing formulas
22746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22748 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22755 \begin_layout Standard
22756 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22758 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22759 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22761 \begin_inset space ~
22769 arg "math-number-toggle"
22773 The formula number appears in LyX as
22774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22781 within parentheses.
22783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22790 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22792 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22793 the document class.
22794 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22795 separated by a dot:
22796 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22797 1+1=2\end{equation}
22804 arg "math-number-toggle"
22807 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22808 You can only number displayed formulas.
22811 \begin_layout Standard
22812 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22814 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22815 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22817 \begin_inset space ~
22821 \begin_inset space ~
22825 \begin_inset space ~
22833 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
22836 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22837 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22839 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22840 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22844 To number all lines use the shortcut
22847 arg "math-number-toggle"
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22854 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22857 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22858 A label is inserted with the menu
22860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22863 when the cursor is in the formula.
22864 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22865 It is recommended to use the proposed
22866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22877 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22878 type when you have many labels in your document.
22879 We inserted in the following example the label
22880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22887 in the second line:
22888 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22889 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22890 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22894 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22895 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22905 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22909 \begin_inset space ~
22915 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22916 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22917 as the formula number:
22920 \begin_layout Standard
22921 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22924 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22931 \begin_layout Standard
22932 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22933 \begin_inset space ~
22937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22939 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22944 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22947 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22950 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22955 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22963 \begin_layout Section
22964 User defined math macros
22968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22977 name "sec:math-macros"
22984 \begin_layout Standard
22985 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22986 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22987 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22989 \begin_inset Newline newline
22992 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22993 \begin_inset Formula \[
22994 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22998 The general form of its solution is:
22999 \begin_inset Formula \[
23000 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p^{2}}{4}-q}\]
23007 \begin_layout Standard
23008 The macro should print the parameters
23009 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23013 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23017 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23020 like in the equation above.
23023 \begin_layout Standard
23024 A macro is created by executing the command
23027 \begin_layout Standard
23034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23057 \begin_inset space ~
23061 \begin_inset space ~
23067 \begin_layout Standard
23068 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23069 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23070 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23071 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23075 \begin_layout Standard
23076 We have three arguments and name the macro
23077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23084 , so that the command is:
23087 \begin_layout Standard
23094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23119 \begin_layout Standard
23120 This results in the following macro definition box:
23121 \begin_inset Graphics
23122 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23127 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23128 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23129 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23133 \begin_inset Note Note
23136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23137 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23138 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23146 \begin_layout Standard
23147 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23148 the math panel or commands.
23149 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23150 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23161 for the first argument.
23162 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23163 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23164 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23165 in LyX with its full size.
23166 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23167 In our example we insert the sequence
23168 \begin_inset Newline newline
23196 \begin_inset Newline newline
23201 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23204 \begin_layout Standard
23205 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23220 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23223 \begin_layout Standard
23225 \begin_inset Graphics
23226 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23233 \begin_layout Standard
23234 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23235 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23236 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23237 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23238 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23241 \begin_layout Standard
23242 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23243 to the new definition.
23244 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23245 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23249 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23253 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23257 \begin_inset Formula \[
23265 \begin_layout Standard
23266 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23270 \begin_layout Standard
23284 \begin_inset Newline newline
23291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23317 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23320 \begin_layout Standard
23321 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23322 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23323 definition box in your document.
23324 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23326 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23328 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23333 \begin_layout Section
23337 \begin_layout Subsection
23342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23351 \begin_layout Standard
23352 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23353 To set a font in a formula, use the
23356 \begin_inset space ~
23362 \begin_inset Graphics
23363 filename ../images/math/font.png
23367 , or enter its command, listed in table
23368 \begin_inset space ~
23372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23374 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23381 \begin_layout Standard
23382 \begin_inset Float table
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset Caption
23390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23393 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23397 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23407 \begin_inset Tabular
23408 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23410 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23443 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23530 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23557 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23584 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23618 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23645 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23680 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23688 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23704 \begin_layout Standard
23705 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23706 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23711 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23712 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23713 Here an example where a
23714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23725 denotes the set of numbers:
23726 \begin_inset Formula \[
23727 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23734 \begin_layout Standard
23735 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23746 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23750 \begin_inset Newline newline
23753 So better don't use this feature.
23756 \begin_layout Standard
23757 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23758 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23762 \begin_inset Newline newline
23765 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23771 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23772 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23778 \begin_layout Standard
23785 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23788 \begin_layout Standard
23789 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23792 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23794 \begin_inset space ~
23802 \begin_layout Subsection
23807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23816 \begin_layout Standard
23817 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23819 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23823 \begin_inset space ~
23827 \begin_inset space ~
23835 \begin_inset space ~
23841 \begin_inset Graphics
23842 filename ../images/math/font.png
23849 \begin_inset space ~
23855 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23856 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23857 Here is an example:
23858 \begin_inset Formula \[
23860 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23861 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23868 \begin_layout Subsection
23873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23882 \begin_layout Standard
23883 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23884 automatically chosen in most situations.
23902 For most characters,
23910 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23911 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23916 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23917 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23918 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23919 \begin_inset Graphics
23920 filename ../images/math/style.png
23925 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23926 For example, you can set
23927 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23930 , which is normally in
23939 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23943 The four styles are used in the following example:
23946 \begin_layout Standard
23947 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23951 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23955 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23959 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23965 \begin_layout Standard
23966 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23967 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23969 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23971 \begin_inset space ~
23976 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23977 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23978 will be adjusted to correspond.
23979 As example a formula in the font size
23980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23990 \begin_layout Standard
23994 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24000 \begin_layout Section
24004 \begin_layout Standard
24005 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24006 the document classes and into layout modules.
24010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24016 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24017 other than the AMS classes.
24019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24021 reference "sub:Modules"
24025 for more on layout modules.
24028 \begin_layout Section
24033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24052 \begin_layout Standard
24053 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24054 (AMS) that are in common use.
24057 \begin_layout Subsection
24058 Enabling AMS-Support
24061 \begin_layout Standard
24062 Selecting the checkbox
24065 \begin_inset space ~
24069 \begin_inset space ~
24073 \begin_inset space ~
24080 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24088 Document ! Settings
24096 \begin_inset space ~
24101 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24103 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24104 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24107 \begin_layout Subsection
24109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24111 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24120 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24130 LyX allows you to choose between
24151 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24154 \begin_layout Chapter
24158 \begin_layout Section
24163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24172 name "sec:Cross-References"
24179 \begin_layout Standard
24180 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24181 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24183 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24184 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24185 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24188 \begin_layout Enumerate
24192 \begin_layout Enumerate
24193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24195 name "enu:Second-item"
24202 \begin_layout Enumerate
24206 \begin_layout Standard
24207 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24209 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24212 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24213 \begin_inset Graphics
24214 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24220 A grey label box like this:
24221 \begin_inset Graphics
24222 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24227 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24228 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24263 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24264 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24279 \begin_layout Standard
24280 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24285 or the toolbar button
24286 \begin_inset Graphics
24287 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24293 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24294 \begin_inset Graphics
24295 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24300 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24302 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24315 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24317 Here is our cross-reference:
24320 \begin_layout Standard
24322 \begin_inset space ~
24326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24328 reference "enu:Second-item"
24335 \begin_layout Standard
24336 It is recommended to use a protected space
24340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24341 described in section
24342 \begin_inset space ~
24346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24348 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24357 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24361 \begin_layout Standard
24362 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24365 \begin_layout Description
24366 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24369 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24376 \begin_layout Description
24377 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24378 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24390 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24397 \begin_layout Description
24398 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24399 \begin_inset space ~
24403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24404 LatexCommand pageref
24405 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24412 \begin_layout Description
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24418 \begin_inset space ~
24421 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24423 LatexCommand vpageref
24424 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24431 \begin_layout Description
24433 \begin_inset space ~
24437 \begin_inset space ~
24441 \begin_inset space ~
24444 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24448 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24455 \begin_layout Description
24457 \begin_inset space ~
24460 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24461 \begin_inset Newline newline
24465 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24473 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24482 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24497 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24503 \begin_inset space ~
24507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24521 \begin_layout Standard
24522 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24523 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24524 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24528 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24532 \begin_layout Standard
24533 You can only use the style
24537 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24541 is always possible.
24544 \begin_layout Standard
24545 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24546 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24547 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24548 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24549 \begin_inset space ~
24553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24555 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24566 \begin_inset space ~
24570 \begin_inset space ~
24575 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24576 The button text changes then to
24579 \begin_inset space ~
24584 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24585 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24586 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24590 \begin_layout Standard
24591 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24592 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24593 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24596 \begin_layout Standard
24597 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24598 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24601 \begin_layout Standard
24602 References are described in detail in the
24609 \begin_layout Section
24610 Table of Contents and other Listings
24614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24640 \begin_layout Subsection
24642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24644 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24651 \begin_layout Standard
24652 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24654 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24655 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24657 \begin_inset space ~
24661 \begin_inset space ~
24667 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24668 If you click on it, the
24672 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24673 sections in your documents.
24674 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24676 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24679 that is described in sec.
24680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24686 reference "sec:Navigating"
24693 \begin_layout Standard
24694 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24695 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24697 \begin_inset space ~
24701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24703 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24707 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24709 \begin_inset space ~
24713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24715 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24719 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24721 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24724 \begin_layout Subsection
24725 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24728 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24735 \begin_layout Standard
24736 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24737 You can insert them via the
24739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24741 \begin_inset space ~
24745 \begin_inset space ~
24751 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24754 \begin_layout Section
24755 URLs and Hyperlinks
24759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24778 \begin_layout Subsection
24780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24789 \begin_layout Standard
24790 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24792 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24798 \begin_layout Standard
24799 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24800 \begin_inset Flex URL
24803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24814 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24820 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24824 \begin_layout Standard
24825 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24833 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24841 \begin_layout Subsection
24843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24845 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24852 \begin_layout Standard
24853 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24858 or with the toolbar button
24859 \begin_inset Graphics
24860 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24866 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24875 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24876 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24877 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24879 name "LyX's homepage"
24880 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24884 , an Email address like this:
24885 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24887 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24888 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24893 , or a link to a file.
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24910 to the link target.
24913 \begin_layout Standard
24914 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24915 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24916 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24917 the text style dialog.
24918 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24922 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24924 name "LyX's homepage"
24925 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24932 \begin_layout Standard
24933 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24937 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24939 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24940 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24944 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24946 \begin_inset Newline newline
24954 \begin_inset Newline newline
24961 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24964 \begin_layout Section
24969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24978 name "sec:Appendices"
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24986 Appendices are created with the menu
24988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24990 \begin_inset space ~
24994 \begin_inset space ~
25000 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25001 as appendix region.
25002 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25005 \begin_layout Standard
25006 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25007 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25008 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25009 and the subsection number.
25010 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25014 \begin_layout Standard
25016 \begin_inset space ~
25020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25022 reference "cha:Credits"
25027 \begin_inset space ~
25031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25033 reference "sub:Export"
25040 \begin_layout Section
25045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25054 name "sec:Bibliography"
25061 \begin_layout Standard
25062 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25063 You can include a bibliography database,
25067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25068 Known under the name
25069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25081 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25082 manually, using the paragraph environment
25086 , which was described in section
25087 \begin_inset space ~
25091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25093 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25098 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25099 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25103 use a bibliography database.
25106 \begin_layout Subsection
25107 The Bibliography Environment
25110 \begin_layout Standard
25115 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25117 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25126 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25128 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25137 , a short form of its title, as key.
25140 \begin_layout Standard
25141 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25146 or the toolbar button
25147 \begin_inset Graphics
25148 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25149 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25154 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25155 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25156 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25157 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25161 \begin_layout Standard
25162 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25163 with surrounding brackets.
25168 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25169 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25181 \begin_layout Standard
25184 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25187 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25189 key "latexcompanion"
25196 \begin_layout Standard
25197 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25198 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25207 \begin_layout Subsection
25208 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25213 Bibliography ! Databases
25222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25223 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25231 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25238 \begin_layout Standard
25239 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25245 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25247 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25248 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25253 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25255 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25256 your working field in a database.
25257 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25258 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25260 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25264 \begin_layout Standard
25265 The database is a text file with the file extension
25266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25277 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25278 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25279 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25281 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25286 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25287 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25288 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25289 \begin_inset Flex URL
25292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25294 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25302 \begin_layout Standard
25303 To use a database, use the menu
25305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25310 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25323 \begin_inset space ~
25329 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25330 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25333 Add bibliography to TOC
25335 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25340 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25343 \begin_layout Standard
25344 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25356 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25357 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25358 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25360 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25366 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25367 \begin_inset Newline newline
25371 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25373 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25385 \begin_layout Standard
25386 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25389 \begin_layout Standard
25390 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25391 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25394 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25422 \begin_inset space ~
25428 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25434 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25443 \begin_layout Standard
25444 When you select the option
25446 Sectioned bibliography
25450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25453 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25454 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25456 Customizing Bibliographies
25469 \begin_layout Standard
25470 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25471 the two methods of creating them.
25472 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25473 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25474 We used the style file
25478 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25481 \begin_layout Subsection
25482 Bibliography layout
25486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25487 Bibliography ! Layout
25495 \begin_layout Standard
25496 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25497 For this feature you need to enable the option
25503 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25511 Document ! Settings
25521 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25522 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25523 in the previous section.
25526 \begin_layout Standard
25527 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25528 in the citation reference window.
25529 Here an example where we set the text
25530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25534 \begin_inset space ~
25538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25541 to appear after the reference:
25544 \begin_layout Standard
25546 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25549 key "latexcompanion"
25556 \begin_layout Section
25561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25577 \begin_layout Standard
25578 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25582 \begin_inset space ~
25587 or the toolbar button
25588 \begin_inset Graphics
25589 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25607 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25608 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25609 by LyX as index entry.
25612 \begin_layout Standard
25613 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25614 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25616 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25618 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25625 \begin_layout Standard
25626 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25629 \begin_layout Standard
25630 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25632 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25634 \begin_inset space ~
25638 \begin_inset space ~
25641 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25643 \begin_inset space ~
25649 A light blue box labeled
25650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25661 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25662 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25665 \begin_layout Subsection
25666 Grouping Index Entries
25670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25679 \begin_layout Standard
25680 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25682 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25683 lists under the entry
25684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25692 First we create the entry
25693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25701 \begin_inset space ~
25705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25707 reference "sub:Lists"
25712 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25713 \begin_inset space ~
25717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25719 reference "sec:Itemize"
25723 , we insert the command
25726 \begin_layout Standard
25732 \begin_layout Standard
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25742 \begin_layout Standard
25743 for the enumerated list in section
25744 \begin_inset space ~
25748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25750 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25758 The exclamation mark
25759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25766 marks the grouping levels.
25767 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25768 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25769 If we don't have an index entry for
25770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25777 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25780 \begin_layout Subsection
25785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25786 Index ! Page ranges
25794 \begin_layout Standard
25795 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25797 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25798 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25800 \begin_inset space ~
25804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25806 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25813 \begin_layout Standard
25816 Paragraph environments|(
25819 \begin_layout Standard
25820 and another entry at the end of section
25821 \begin_inset space ~
25825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25827 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25837 Paragraph environments|)
25840 \begin_layout Standard
25842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25865 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25866 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25867 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25868 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25869 An example is the index entry
25870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25873 Document ! Settings
25874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25880 \begin_layout Subsection
25885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25886 Index ! Cross referencing
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25895 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25896 We referred for example in the index entry
25897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25905 \begin_inset space ~
25909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25911 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25915 ) to the index entry
25916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25923 in the same section using the entry
25926 \begin_layout Standard
25929 GIF|see{Image formats}
25932 \begin_layout Standard
25933 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25934 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25935 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25938 \begin_layout Subsection
25943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25944 Index ! Entry order
25952 \begin_layout Standard
25953 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25954 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25955 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25960 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25962 \begin_inset space ~
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25968 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25977 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25978 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26007 Dummy entries ! maïs
26016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26017 Dummy entries ! maître
26026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26027 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26032 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26033 order maïs, maison, maître.
26034 To achieve this, we use the command
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26040 previous entry@current entry
26043 \begin_layout Standard
26044 In our case we want to have
26045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26060 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26069 \begin_layout Standard
26070 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26071 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26075 \begin_layout Subsection
26080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26081 Index ! Entry layout
26089 \begin_layout Standard
26090 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26097 This is an italic dummy entry
26102 You can also format the page number using the character
26103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26110 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26111 We can write for example
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26117 italic page number:|textit
26120 \begin_layout Standard
26121 to get the page number in italic.
26125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26126 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26131 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26149 \begin_inset space ~
26155 Have a look at section
26156 \begin_inset space ~
26160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26162 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26166 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26169 \begin_layout Standard
26170 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26178 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26182 to generate the index, see section
26183 \begin_inset space ~
26187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26189 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26198 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26199 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26201 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26204 key "latexcompanion"
26216 \begin_layout Standard
26217 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26219 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26220 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26221 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26222 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26223 If so, put the following in preamble
26226 \begin_layout Standard
26238 \begin_layout Standard
26242 \begin_layout Standard
26248 \begin_layout Standard
26249 into the index entry.
26253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26254 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26259 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26260 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26261 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26264 \begin_layout Standard
26265 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26271 \begin_inset space ~
26274 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26275 for all index entries.
26276 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26288 documentation for details,
26289 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26291 key "makeindex,xindy"
26298 \begin_layout Subsection
26303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26312 name "sub:Index-Program"
26319 \begin_layout Standard
26320 When the index entry program
26324 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26325 generation, otherwise the program
26329 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26330 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26331 dialog, see section
26332 \begin_inset space ~
26336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26338 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26343 The available options are listed and explained in
26344 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26346 key "makeindex,xindy"
26351 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26354 \begin_layout Standard
26359 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26360 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26362 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26364 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26365 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26373 \begin_layout Section
26374 Nomenclature / Glossary
26378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26419 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26428 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26433 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26442 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26448 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26449 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26455 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26458 \begin_layout Standard
26459 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26460 and then use the menu
26462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26468 \begin_inset space ~
26473 or the toolbar button
26474 \begin_inset Graphics
26475 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26493 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26496 \begin_layout Standard
26497 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26498 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26499 The second is the description of the symbol.
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26503 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26511 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26519 \begin_layout Subsection
26520 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26525 Nomenclature ! Layout
26533 \begin_layout Standard
26534 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26538 field as LaTeX-formula.
26540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26544 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26552 \begin_inset Newline newline
26560 \begin_inset Newline newline
26566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26573 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26574 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26586 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26598 \begin_inset space ~
26602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26604 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26615 \begin_inset space ~
26620 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26621 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26626 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26633 in this document is:
26634 \begin_inset Newline newline
26639 dummy entry for the character
26644 \begin_inset Newline newline
26656 \begin_inset space ~
26666 font use the command
26695 \begin_layout Subsection
26696 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26701 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26709 \begin_layout Standard
26710 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26711 the symbol definition.
26712 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26713 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26716 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26717 LatexCommand nomenclature
26719 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26726 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26730 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26731 LatexCommand nomenclature
26734 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26739 They will be sorted by
26740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26766 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26769 will be sorted before the
26773 since the character
26774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26781 is considered in sorting.
26784 \begin_layout Standard
26785 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26788 \begin_inset space ~
26793 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26794 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26796 For the given example, you can insert
26800 to this field for the
26801 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26808 will be located before
26809 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26815 \begin_layout Standard
26816 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26821 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26830 \begin_layout Subsection
26831 Nomenclature Options
26835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26836 Nomenclature ! Options
26844 \begin_layout Standard
26849 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26850 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26853 \begin_layout Description
26854 refeq Appends the phrase
26855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26870 to every nomenclature entry, where
26876 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26879 \begin_layout Description
26880 refpage Appends the phrase
26881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26896 to every nomenclature entry, where
26902 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26905 \begin_layout Description
26906 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26909 \begin_layout Standard
26910 There are furthermore the options
26954 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26958 \begin_layout Standard
26959 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26960 class options list in the
26962 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26966 In this document the options
26977 \begin_layout Standard
26978 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26984 \begin_layout Standard
26985 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26986 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26991 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26994 \begin_layout Description
27004 \begin_layout Description
27007 nomrefpage Like the
27014 \begin_layout Description
27017 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27026 \begin_layout Description
27030 \begin_inset space ~
27036 \begin_inset space ~
27041 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27044 \begin_layout Subsection
27045 Printing the Nomenclature
27049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27050 Nomenclature ! Printing
27058 \begin_layout Standard
27059 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27063 \begin_inset space ~
27067 \begin_inset space ~
27070 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27074 A light blue box labeled
27075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27086 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27087 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27100 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27108 For example, in order to change the name to
27112 , add the following line to the preamble:
27115 \begin_layout Standard
27123 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27126 \begin_layout Standard
27127 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27133 \begin_layout Standard
27134 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27135 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27138 \begin_layout Standard
27146 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27152 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27153 \begin_inset space ~
27157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27159 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27164 The default value is 1
27165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27171 \begin_layout Section
27176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27187 Document ! Branches
27193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27195 name "sec:Branches"
27202 \begin_layout Standard
27203 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27204 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27205 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27206 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27210 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27211 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27212 To create a branch, go in the
27214 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27222 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27223 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27227 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27228 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27233 where you can choose a branch.
27234 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27237 \begin_layout Standard
27238 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27239 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27242 \begin_layout Standard
27243 \begin_inset Branch Question
27246 \begin_layout Standard
27247 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27255 \begin_layout Standard
27256 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27259 \begin_layout Standard
27260 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27268 \begin_layout Standard
27269 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27276 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27277 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27279 For example you can define for the question branch
27283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27284 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27285 \begin_inset space ~
27289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27291 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27303 \begin_layout Standard
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27324 and for the answer branch
27327 \begin_layout Standard
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27347 \begin_layout Standard
27348 \begin_inset Branch Question
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27384 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27387 \begin_layout Standard
27391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27420 Now it is possible to use the commands
27424 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27431 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27434 to obtain conditional output.
27435 Here is an example formula where only the
27442 \begin_inset Formula \[
27443 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27451 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27452 \begin_inset space ~
27456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27458 reference "sec:math-macros"
27465 \begin_layout Section
27467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27469 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27491 dialog provides under
27495 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27496 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27505 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27518 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27519 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27520 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27522 You can specify in the dialog tab
27526 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27528 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27529 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27538 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27539 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27540 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27542 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27543 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27545 \begin_inset space ~
27548 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27549 \begin_inset space ~
27552 1 will only display the sections.
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 The header informations in the dialog tab
27560 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27561 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27562 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27566 \begin_inset space ~
27569 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27570 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27573 Automatic fill header
27575 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27576 title and author settings.
27579 \begin_layout Standard
27582 Load in fullscreen mode
27584 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27587 \begin_layout Standard
27588 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27589 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27595 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27596 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27605 \begin_layout Section
27606 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27609 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27616 \begin_layout Subsection
27621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27630 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27637 \begin_layout Standard
27638 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27639 constructs, but not all.
27640 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27641 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27642 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27643 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27644 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27649 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27651 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27653 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27655 \begin_inset space ~
27660 or by the toolbar button
27661 \begin_inset Graphics
27662 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27667 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27672 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27673 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27674 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27681 , you can write the command part
27687 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27691 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27692 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27693 the following example:
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27697 \begin_inset Graphics
27698 filename clipart/ERT.png
27706 \begin_layout Standard
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27711 This is a line with a
27715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27747 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27748 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27756 \begin_layout Subsection
27757 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27758 \begin_inset OptArg
27761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27780 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27788 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27789 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27790 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27799 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27800 every time if you know the right commands.
27802 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27803 the end of the day.
27804 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27805 all caption labels bold.
27806 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27808 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27811 \begin_layout Standard
27812 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27813 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27814 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27816 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27826 As result you know that the package
27834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27835 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27841 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27854 usepackage[options]{package name}
27857 \begin_layout Standard
27858 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27859 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27860 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27863 \begin_layout Standard
27864 In your case the package name is
27869 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27874 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27875 So you add the command
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27883 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27887 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27892 For more commands provided by the
27896 package, have a look at its documentation,
27897 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27911 \begin_layout Standard
27912 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27914 For example if you use a
27918 class, you don't need the package
27922 , you can instead write
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27930 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27935 \begin_layout Standard
27936 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27937 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27938 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27945 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27950 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27952 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27953 the previous section.
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27959 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27961 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27969 \begin_layout Section
27970 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27971 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27973 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28000 \begin_layout Standard
28001 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28002 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28003 to break your train of thought with
28005 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28012 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28013 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28022 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28027 as explained below, and turn on
28030 \begin_inset space ~
28037 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28043 \begin_inset space ~
28047 \begin_inset space ~
28050 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28057 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28059 Previews of an already loaded document are
28063 generated just by selecting the
28066 \begin_inset space ~
28071 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28074 \begin_layout Standard
28075 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28076 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28079 \begin_inset space ~
28084 check box in the insert dialog.
28085 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28089 \begin_layout Standard
28090 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28094 (on some systems named simply
28099 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28101 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28107 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28108 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28116 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28120 \begin_layout Standard
28121 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28128 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28132 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28134 \begin_inset space ~
28139 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28140 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28142 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28143 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28144 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28145 the source view window.
28148 \begin_layout Section
28150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28152 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28170 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28171 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28188 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28194 can be seen as successor of
28198 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28203 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28204 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28212 \begin_layout Standard
28213 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28214 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28221 \begin_layout Standard
28224 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28227 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28228 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28229 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28230 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28231 scrolled so that it is visible.
28236 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28238 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28242 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28243 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28246 \begin_layout Standard
28247 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28250 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28254 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28255 will bring an error message.
28256 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28257 specifying a different
28259 Alternative language
28261 in preferences dialog.
28264 \begin_layout Standard
28265 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28268 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28273 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28274 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28276 But you can use the
28279 \begin_inset space ~
28283 \begin_inset space ~
28291 \begin_layout Standard
28292 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28293 This does work with
28297 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28300 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28304 \begin_layout Standard
28309 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28312 \begin_layout Description
28314 \begin_inset space ~
28317 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28318 should consider, e.g.
28319 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28320 This should not normally be needed.
28323 \begin_layout Description
28325 \begin_inset space ~
28328 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28329 as your personal dictionary
28332 \begin_layout Description
28334 \begin_inset space ~
28338 \begin_inset space ~
28341 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28353 \begin_layout Description
28355 \begin_inset space ~
28359 \begin_inset space ~
28362 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28364 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28371 also for the spellchecker.
28375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28376 The encodings are explained in section
28377 \begin_inset space ~
28381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28383 reference "sub:Settings"
28392 Only enable this if you use
28396 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28397 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28398 so this is disabled by default.
28401 \begin_layout Section
28406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28415 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28423 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28426 \begin_layout Standard
28427 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28430 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28433 or the toolbar button
28434 \begin_inset Graphics
28435 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28437 rotateOrigin center
28442 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28446 \begin_layout Standard
28447 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28448 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28449 cases to find related words.
28452 \begin_layout Standard
28453 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28455 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28463 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28472 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28491 \begin_layout Section
28496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28507 Document ! Change Tracking
28513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28515 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28522 \begin_layout Standard
28523 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28524 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28525 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28526 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28528 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28530 \begin_inset space ~
28533 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28535 \begin_inset space ~
28543 \begin_layout Standard
28544 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28553 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28556 \begin_inset space ~
28560 \begin_inset space ~
28573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28582 \begin_layout Standard
28583 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28596 \begin_layout Standard
28597 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28604 \begin_inset Graphics
28605 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28613 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28619 \begin_layout Standard
28620 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28624 \begin_layout Standard
28625 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28631 \begin_layout Standard
28632 \begin_inset Tabular
28633 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28634 <features islongtable="true">
28635 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28636 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28642 \begin_inset Graphics
28643 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28644 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28645 rotateOrigin center
28654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28662 \begin_inset space ~
28665 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28667 \begin_inset space ~
28676 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28681 \begin_inset Graphics
28682 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28684 rotateOrigin center
28693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28699 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28701 \begin_inset space ~
28704 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28706 \begin_inset space ~
28710 \begin_inset space ~
28714 \begin_inset space ~
28723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28728 \begin_inset Graphics
28729 filename ../images/change-next.png
28730 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28731 rotateOrigin center
28740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28744 Jumps to the next change
28750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28755 \begin_inset Graphics
28756 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28757 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28758 rotateOrigin center
28767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28773 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28775 \begin_inset space ~
28778 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28780 \begin_inset space ~
28789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28794 \begin_inset Graphics
28795 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28797 rotateOrigin center
28806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28814 \begin_inset space ~
28817 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28819 \begin_inset space ~
28828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28833 \begin_inset Graphics
28834 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28835 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28836 rotateOrigin center
28845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28851 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28853 \begin_inset space ~
28856 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28858 \begin_inset space ~
28867 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28872 \begin_inset Graphics
28873 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28875 rotateOrigin center
28884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28890 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28892 \begin_inset space ~
28895 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28897 \begin_inset space ~
28901 \begin_inset space ~
28910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28915 \begin_inset Graphics
28916 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28917 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28918 rotateOrigin center
28927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28933 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28935 \begin_inset space ~
28938 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28940 \begin_inset space ~
28944 \begin_inset space ~
28953 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28958 \begin_inset Graphics
28959 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28960 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28961 rotateOrigin center
28970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28976 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28977 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28979 \begin_inset space ~
28988 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28993 \begin_inset Graphics
28994 filename ../images/note-next.png
28995 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28996 rotateOrigin center
29005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29011 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29013 \begin_inset space ~
29029 \begin_layout Standard
29030 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29036 \begin_layout Standard
29037 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29038 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29039 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29040 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29041 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29042 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29043 step to the next change.
29044 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29047 \begin_layout Standard
29048 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29049 to describe a change.
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29053 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29062 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29068 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29069 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29075 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29078 \begin_layout Section
29079 International Support
29083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29084 International support
29092 \begin_layout Standard
29093 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29094 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29095 how to set up LyX to use them:
29096 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29098 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29105 \begin_layout Standard
29106 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29107 \begin_inset space ~
29111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29113 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29120 \begin_layout Subsection
29125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29136 Document ! Settings
29145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29146 Document ! Language
29154 \begin_layout Standard
29157 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29160 dialog lets you set
29162 the language and character encoding for your language.
29166 \begin_layout Standard
29167 Choose your language in the
29171 section of this dialog.
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29184 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29188 use language's default encoding
29190 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29191 For details about the different encoding options see section
29192 \begin_inset space ~
29196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29198 reference "sub:Settings"
29205 \begin_layout Subsection
29206 Keyboard mapping configuration
29207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29209 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29216 \begin_layout Standard
29217 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29218 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29219 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29220 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29221 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29223 \begin_inset space ~
29227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29229 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29234 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29235 which one you want to use.
29238 \begin_layout Standard
29239 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29240 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29241 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29242 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29243 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29244 one to support the characters you want.
29245 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29252 \begin_layout Subsection
29256 \begin_layout Standard
29258 \begin_inset space ~
29262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29264 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29273 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29278 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29279 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29287 \begin_layout Itemize
29288 Even if you have selected
29294 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29297 dialog, users who have only the
29301 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29305 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29306 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29307 french quotes won't show up.
29310 \begin_layout Standard
29311 \begin_inset Float table
29316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29317 \begin_inset Caption
29319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29320 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29322 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29340 \begin_inset Tabular
29341 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29345 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29346 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29347 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29348 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29351 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29354 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29355 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29356 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29357 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29358 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29359 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 \begin_layout Standard
33773 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33775 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33776 also the characters from
33788 \begin_layout Itemize
33797 \begin_layout Standard
33798 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33799 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33805 \begin_layout Standard
33806 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33807 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33813 \begin_layout Standard
33814 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33815 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33821 \begin_layout Standard
33822 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33823 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33829 \begin_layout Standard
33831 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33837 \begin_layout Standard
33839 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33845 \begin_layout Standard
33847 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33854 \begin_layout Itemize
33867 \begin_layout Standard
33869 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33875 \begin_layout Standard
33877 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33883 \begin_layout Standard
33885 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33891 \begin_layout Standard
33893 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33899 \begin_layout Standard
33901 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33907 \begin_layout Standard
33909 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33916 \begin_layout Standard
33917 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33918 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33919 Also make sure you're using the
33926 \begin_layout Chapter
33929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33931 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33938 \begin_layout Standard
33939 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33940 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33941 inside the user's guide.
33944 \begin_layout Section
33949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33958 \begin_layout Standard
33963 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33964 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33967 \begin_layout Subsection
33971 \begin_layout Standard
33972 Creates a new document.
33975 \begin_layout Subsection
33979 \begin_layout Standard
33980 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33981 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33982 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33985 \begin_layout Subsection
33989 \begin_layout Standard
33993 \begin_layout Subsection
33997 \begin_layout Standard
33998 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33999 Click there on a file to open it.
34002 \begin_layout Subsection
34006 \begin_layout Standard
34007 Closes the current document.
34010 \begin_layout Subsection
34014 \begin_layout Standard
34015 Saves the actual document.
34018 \begin_layout Subsection
34022 \begin_layout Standard
34023 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34026 \begin_layout Subsection
34030 \begin_layout Standard
34031 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34034 \begin_layout Subsection
34038 \begin_layout Standard
34039 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34040 It is described in the section
34042 Version Control in LyX
34047 \begin_inset space ~
34055 \begin_layout Subsection
34059 \begin_layout Standard
34060 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34061 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34062 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34065 \begin_layout Standard
34066 When using the menu
34069 \begin_inset space ~
34073 \begin_inset space ~
34078 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34079 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34080 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34081 will start a new paragraph.
34084 \begin_layout Subsection
34086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34095 \begin_layout Standard
34096 You can export your document to various file formats.
34097 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34098 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34099 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34102 \begin_layout Standard
34103 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34105 \begin_inset space ~
34109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34111 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34118 \begin_layout Description
34122 \begin_inset space ~
34127 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34128 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34131 \begin_layout Description
34139 \begin_layout Description
34140 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34144 \begin_layout Description
34146 \begin_inset space ~
34150 \begin_inset space ~
34153 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34157 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34165 \begin_layout Description
34172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34180 \begin_inset space ~
34185 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34186 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34190 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34193 \begin_layout Description
34200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34208 \begin_inset space ~
34213 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34214 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34222 \begin_layout Description
34224 \begin_inset space ~
34227 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34235 is replaced by the version number)
34238 \begin_layout Description
34239 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34252 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34256 \begin_layout Description
34261 PDF-format using the program
34266 \begin_layout Description
34270 \begin_inset space ~
34275 PDF-format using the program
34280 \begin_layout Description
34284 \begin_inset space ~
34289 PDF-format using the program
34294 \begin_layout Description
34298 \begin_inset space ~
34306 \begin_layout Description
34310 \begin_inset space ~
34314 \begin_inset space ~
34319 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34320 and then exported as text using the program
34325 \begin_layout Description
34330 PostScript format using the program
34335 \begin_layout Description
34343 \begin_layout Standard
34348 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34349 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34355 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34358 \begin_layout Standard
34359 If one of the menu entries
34366 \begin_inset space ~
34375 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34376 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34377 \begin_inset space ~
34381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34383 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34392 Reconfiguration of LyX
34400 \begin_layout Standard
34405 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34406 the export program.
34409 \begin_layout Subsection
34413 \begin_layout Standard
34414 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34415 or send it to a printer.
34416 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34417 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34423 For more informations have a look at section
34424 \begin_inset space ~
34428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34430 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34437 \begin_layout Subsection
34438 New and Close Window
34441 \begin_layout Standard
34442 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34443 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34446 \begin_layout Section
34451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34460 \begin_layout Subsection
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34465 Described in section
34466 \begin_inset space ~
34470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34472 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34479 \begin_layout Subsection
34480 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34483 \begin_layout Standard
34484 Described in section
34485 \begin_inset space ~
34489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34491 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34498 \begin_layout Subsection
34502 \begin_layout Standard
34503 Selects the whole document.
34506 \begin_layout Subsection
34510 \begin_layout Standard
34511 Described in section
34512 \begin_inset space ~
34516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34518 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34525 \begin_layout Subsection
34526 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34529 \begin_layout Standard
34530 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34534 \begin_layout Subsection
34538 \begin_layout Standard
34539 Described in section
34540 \begin_inset space ~
34544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34546 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34553 \begin_layout Subsection
34558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34559 Paragraph ! Settings
34567 \begin_layout Standard
34568 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34570 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34573 \begin_layout Standard
34574 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34575 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34578 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34584 \begin_inset space ~
34592 \begin_layout Subsection
34596 \begin_layout Standard
34597 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34598 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34599 The properties of tables are described in section
34600 \begin_inset space ~
34604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34606 reference "sec:Tables"
34610 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34611 \begin_inset space ~
34615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34617 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34624 \begin_layout Subsection
34625 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34629 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34631 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34632 \begin_inset space ~
34636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34638 reference "sec:Nesting"
34643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34645 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34652 \begin_layout Section
34657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34666 \begin_layout Standard
34671 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34672 document with an external program.
34673 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34674 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34675 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34676 \begin_inset space ~
34680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34682 reference "sub:Export"
34687 You should at least see the menu entries
34694 \begin_inset space ~
34700 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34701 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34702 \begin_inset space ~
34706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34708 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34717 Reconfiguration of LyX
34725 \begin_layout Standard
34726 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34727 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34728 \begin_inset space ~
34732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34734 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34739 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34742 \begin_layout Standard
34743 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34746 At the bottom of the
34750 menu the opened documents are listed.
34753 \begin_layout Subsection
34754 Open/Close all Insets
34757 \begin_layout Standard
34758 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34761 \begin_layout Subsection
34762 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34765 \begin_layout Standard
34766 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34769 \begin_layout Standard
34770 More about math macros will be described in the
34777 \begin_layout Subsection
34781 \begin_layout Standard
34782 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34784 \begin_inset space ~
34788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34790 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34797 \begin_layout Subsection
34801 \begin_layout Standard
34802 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34803 opening a new view window.
34806 \begin_layout Subsection
34810 \begin_layout Standard
34811 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34812 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34813 the same document, but at different positions.
34814 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34815 or more documents the same time.
34816 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34823 \begin_layout Subsection
34827 \begin_layout Standard
34828 Closes a split view.
34831 \begin_layout Subsection
34835 \begin_layout Standard
34836 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34837 that you will see nothing than your text.
34838 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34839 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34840 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34843 \begin_layout Subsection
34845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34847 name "sub:Toolbars"
34855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34864 \begin_layout Standard
34865 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34866 All toolbars and the
34869 \begin_inset space ~
34874 can be turned on and off.
34879 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34891 \begin_inset space ~
34900 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34904 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34911 \begin_layout Standard
34916 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34920 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34921 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34922 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34923 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34924 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34927 \begin_layout Standard
34928 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34929 \begin_inset space ~
34933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34935 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34942 \begin_layout Section
34947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34956 \begin_layout Subsection
34960 \begin_layout Standard
34961 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34962 \begin_inset space ~
34966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34968 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34979 \begin_layout Subsection
34981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34983 name "sub:Special-Character"
34990 \begin_layout Standard
34991 Here you can insert the following characters:
34994 \begin_layout Description
34995 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
34996 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
34997 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
34998 \begin_inset Newline newline
35002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35010 Not all characters will be visible in the
35014 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35020 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35022 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35026 ) can display every character.
35034 \begin_layout Description
35035 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35039 \begin_layout Description
35041 \begin_inset space ~
35045 \begin_inset space ~
35048 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35049 \begin_inset space ~
35053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35055 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35062 \begin_layout Description
35064 \begin_inset space ~
35067 Quote Inserts this quote:
35068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35071 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35073 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35083 \begin_layout Description
35085 \begin_inset space ~
35088 Quote Inserts this quote:
35089 \begin_inset Quotes els
35095 \begin_layout Description
35097 \begin_inset space ~
35100 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35104 \begin_layout Description
35106 \begin_inset space ~
35109 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35113 \begin_layout Description
35115 \begin_inset space ~
35118 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35122 \begin_layout Description
35124 \begin_inset space ~
35131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35147 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35148 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35149 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35158 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35164 \begin_inset Newline newline
35167 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35171 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35179 and this Wiki-page:
35180 \begin_inset Newline newline
35184 \begin_inset Flex URL
35187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35189 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35197 \begin_layout Subsection
35201 \begin_layout Standard
35202 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35205 \begin_layout Description
35206 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35207 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35213 \begin_layout Description
35214 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35215 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35221 \begin_layout Description
35223 \begin_inset space ~
35226 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35227 \begin_inset space ~
35231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35233 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35240 \begin_layout Description
35242 \begin_inset space ~
35245 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35246 \begin_inset space ~
35250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35252 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35259 \begin_layout Description
35261 \begin_inset space ~
35264 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35265 \begin_inset space ~
35269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35271 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35278 \begin_layout Description
35280 \begin_inset space ~
35283 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35284 \begin_inset space ~
35288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35290 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35297 \begin_layout Description
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35302 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35303 \begin_inset space ~
35307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35309 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35316 \begin_layout Description
35318 \begin_inset space ~
35321 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35322 \begin_inset space ~
35326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35328 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35335 \begin_layout Description
35337 \begin_inset space ~
35340 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35341 \begin_inset space ~
35345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35347 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35354 \begin_layout Description
35356 \begin_inset space ~
35359 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35366 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35373 \begin_layout Description
35375 \begin_inset space ~
35379 \begin_inset space ~
35382 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35383 \begin_inset space ~
35387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35389 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35396 \begin_layout Description
35398 \begin_inset space ~
35401 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35402 text line to the page border, see section
35403 \begin_inset space ~
35407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35409 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35416 \begin_layout Description
35418 \begin_inset space ~
35421 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35422 \begin_inset space ~
35426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35428 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35435 \begin_layout Description
35437 \begin_inset space ~
35440 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35441 text page to the page border, described in section
35442 \begin_inset space ~
35446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35448 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35455 \begin_layout Description
35457 \begin_inset space ~
35460 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35461 \begin_inset space ~
35465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35467 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35474 \begin_layout Description
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35480 \begin_inset space ~
35483 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35484 \begin_inset space ~
35488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35490 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35497 \begin_layout Subsection
35501 \begin_layout Standard
35502 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35503 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35505 \begin_inset space ~
35509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35511 reference "sec:toc"
35516 The index list is described in section
35517 \begin_inset space ~
35521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35523 reference "sec:Index"
35527 , the nomenclature in section
35528 \begin_inset space ~
35532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35534 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35538 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35539 \begin_inset space ~
35543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35545 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35552 \begin_layout Subsection
35556 \begin_layout Standard
35557 To insert floats, described in section
35558 \begin_inset space ~
35562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35564 reference "sec:Floats"
35571 \begin_layout Subsection
35575 \begin_layout Standard
35576 To insert notes, described in section
35577 \begin_inset space ~
35581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35583 reference "sec:Notes"
35590 \begin_layout Subsection
35594 \begin_layout Standard
35595 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35596 \begin_inset space ~
35600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35602 reference "sec:Branches"
35609 \begin_layout Subsection
35614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35623 \begin_layout Standard
35624 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35625 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35636 \begin_layout Subsection
35641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35650 \begin_layout Standard
35651 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35652 \begin_inset space ~
35656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35658 reference "sec:Minipages"
35663 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35674 \begin_layout Subsection
35678 \begin_layout Standard
35679 Inserts a citation as described in section
35680 \begin_inset space ~
35684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35686 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35693 \begin_layout Subsection
35697 \begin_layout Standard
35698 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35699 \begin_inset space ~
35703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35705 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35712 \begin_layout Subsection
35716 \begin_layout Standard
35717 Inserts a label as described in section
35718 \begin_inset space ~
35722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35724 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35731 \begin_layout Subsection
35736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35747 Longtables ! Caption
35755 \begin_layout Standard
35756 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35757 Floats are described in section
35758 \begin_inset space ~
35762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35764 reference "sec:Floats"
35768 , captions in longtables are described in section
35779 \begin_layout Subsection
35783 \begin_layout Standard
35784 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35785 \begin_inset space ~
35789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35791 reference "sec:Index"
35798 \begin_layout Subsection
35802 \begin_layout Standard
35803 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35804 \begin_inset space ~
35808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35810 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35817 \begin_layout Subsection
35821 \begin_layout Standard
35823 Tables are described in section
35824 \begin_inset space ~
35828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35830 reference "sec:Tables"
35837 \begin_layout Subsection
35841 \begin_layout Standard
35843 Graphics are described in section
35844 \begin_inset space ~
35848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35850 reference "sec:Graphics"
35857 \begin_layout Subsection
35861 \begin_layout Standard
35862 Inserts an URL as described in section
35863 \begin_inset space ~
35867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35869 reference "sub:URLs"
35876 \begin_layout Subsection
35880 \begin_layout Standard
35881 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35882 \begin_inset space ~
35886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35888 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35895 \begin_layout Subsection
35899 \begin_layout Standard
35900 Inserts a footnote, see section
35901 \begin_inset space ~
35905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35907 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35914 \begin_layout Subsection
35918 \begin_layout Standard
35919 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35920 \begin_inset space ~
35924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35926 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35933 \begin_layout Subsection
35937 \begin_layout Standard
35938 Inserts a short title, see section
35939 \begin_inset space ~
35943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35945 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35952 \begin_layout Subsection
35956 \begin_layout Standard
35957 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35958 \begin_inset space ~
35962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35964 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35971 \begin_layout Subsection
35976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35985 \begin_layout Standard
35986 Inserts a program listings box.
35987 Program listings are explained in chapter
35989 Program Code Listings
35998 \begin_layout Subsection
36002 \begin_layout Standard
36003 Inserts the actual date.
36004 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36006 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36016 There the different methods are also compared.
36019 \begin_layout Section
36024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36033 \begin_layout Standard
36034 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36035 \begin_inset space ~
36038 of the current document.
36039 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36042 \begin_layout Subsection
36046 \begin_layout Standard
36047 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36048 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36051 \begin_inset space ~
36055 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36056 \begin_inset space ~
36059 2.5 and use the menu
36062 \begin_inset space ~
36066 \begin_inset space ~
36073 \begin_inset space ~
36079 \begin_inset space ~
36083 \begin_inset space ~
36089 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36093 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36099 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36105 \begin_layout Standard
36106 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36107 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36110 \begin_layout Subsection
36111 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36114 \begin_layout Standard
36115 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36119 \begin_layout Subsection
36123 \begin_layout Standard
36124 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36125 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36126 on a cross-reference box.
36129 \begin_layout Section
36134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 \begin_layout Subsection
36147 \begin_layout Standard
36148 Change Tracking is described in section
36149 \begin_inset space ~
36153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36155 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36162 \begin_layout Subsection
36167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36177 \begin_layout Standard
36178 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36180 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36183 \begin_layout Standard
36184 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36189 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36192 \begin_layout Subsection
36196 \begin_layout Standard
36197 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36198 \begin_inset space ~
36202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36204 reference "sec:Navigating"
36209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36211 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36218 \begin_layout Subsection
36219 Start Appendix Here
36222 \begin_layout Standard
36223 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36224 position as described in section
36225 \begin_inset space ~
36229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36231 reference "sec:Appendices"
36238 \begin_layout Subsection
36242 \begin_layout Standard
36243 Un/compresses the actual document.
36246 \begin_layout Subsection
36248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36250 name "sub:Settings"
36258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36259 Document ! Settings
36267 \begin_layout Standard
36268 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36270 You can save your document settings as default with the
36272 Save as Document Defaults
36274 button in the dialog.
36275 This will create a template named
36279 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36283 \begin_layout Standard
36284 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36291 \begin_layout Standard
36292 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36293 document, and modules.
36294 Document classes are described in section
36295 \begin_inset space ~
36299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36301 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36305 , modules in section
36306 \begin_inset space ~
36310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36312 reference "sub:Modules"
36317 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36322 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36323 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36328 When you want one of the following drivers
36329 \begin_inset Newline newline
36332 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
36333 \begin_inset Newline newline
36336 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
36337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36341 \begin_inset CommandInset href
36343 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
36352 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36353 a child or subdocument.
36354 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36365 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36369 \begin_layout Standard
36370 The document font settings are described in section
36371 \begin_inset space ~
36375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36377 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36384 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36388 \begin_layout Standard
36389 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36391 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36395 \begin_layout Standard
36396 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36397 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36398 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36401 \begin_layout Standard
36402 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36414 \begin_layout Standard
36415 A description of this menu is given in section
36416 \begin_inset space ~
36420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36422 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36429 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36436 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36440 \begin_layout Standard
36441 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36442 \begin_inset space ~
36446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36448 reference "sub:Margins"
36455 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36461 Language ! Encoding
36469 \begin_layout Standard
36470 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36471 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36472 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36473 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36474 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36475 known for a particular character).
36479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36480 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36481 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36486 manual for details.
36494 \begin_layout Standard
36495 If you use the option
36499 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
36500 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36501 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36502 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36503 exactly one encoding.
36504 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36513 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36514 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36516 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36517 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36531 \begin_layout Standard
36532 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36533 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36534 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36535 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36536 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36537 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
36542 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36543 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
36544 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36547 \begin_layout Standard
36548 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36551 \begin_layout Description
36553 \begin_inset space ~
36557 \begin_inset space ~
36561 \begin_inset space ~
36568 , but the LaTeX-package
36576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36577 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36583 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
36584 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36585 languages in TeX code.
36588 \begin_layout Description
36589 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
36590 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
36591 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
36594 \begin_layout Description
36596 \begin_inset space ~
36600 \begin_inset space ~
36603 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36606 \begin_layout Description
36608 \begin_inset space ~
36612 \begin_inset space ~
36615 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
36618 \begin_layout Description
36620 \begin_inset space ~
36623 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
36626 \begin_layout Description
36628 \begin_inset space ~
36632 \begin_inset space ~
36635 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
36636 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
36639 \begin_layout Description
36641 \begin_inset space ~
36645 \begin_inset space ~
36648 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
36652 \begin_layout Description
36654 \begin_inset space ~
36658 \begin_inset space ~
36661 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
36662 ISO-8859-13 encoding
36665 \begin_layout Description
36667 \begin_inset space ~
36671 \begin_inset space ~
36675 \begin_inset space ~
36678 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
36679 \begin_inset space ~
36685 \begin_layout Description
36687 \begin_inset space ~
36691 \begin_inset space ~
36695 \begin_inset space ~
36698 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
36699 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36702 \begin_layout Description
36704 \begin_inset space ~
36708 \begin_inset space ~
36711 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
36712 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
36713 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
36714 \begin_inset space ~
36718 \begin_inset space ~
36724 \begin_layout Description
36726 \begin_inset space ~
36730 \begin_inset space ~
36733 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
36734 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
36735 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
36736 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
36737 \begin_inset space ~
36741 \begin_inset space ~
36747 \begin_layout Description
36749 \begin_inset space ~
36753 \begin_inset space ~
36756 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
36759 \begin_layout Description
36761 \begin_inset space ~
36765 \begin_inset space ~
36768 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36771 \begin_layout Description
36773 \begin_inset space ~
36777 \begin_inset space ~
36780 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
36783 \begin_layout Description
36785 \begin_inset space ~
36788 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36791 \begin_layout Description
36793 \begin_inset space ~
36796 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36799 \begin_layout Description
36801 \begin_inset space ~
36805 \begin_inset space ~
36808 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
36811 \begin_layout Description
36813 \begin_inset space ~
36817 \begin_inset space ~
36823 \begin_layout Description
36825 \begin_inset space ~
36829 \begin_inset space ~
36832 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36835 \begin_layout Description
36837 \begin_inset space ~
36841 \begin_inset space ~
36847 \begin_layout Description
36849 \begin_inset space ~
36853 \begin_inset space ~
36856 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
36864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36865 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36870 , when using this, set the document language to
36875 \begin_layout Description
36877 \begin_inset space ~
36881 \begin_inset space ~
36884 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
36888 , when using this, set the document language to
36893 \begin_layout Description
36895 \begin_inset space ~
36899 \begin_inset space ~
36902 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
36910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
36916 , when using this, set the document language to
36921 \begin_layout Description
36923 \begin_inset space ~
36927 \begin_inset space ~
36930 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
36934 , when using this, set the document language to
36939 \begin_layout Description
36941 \begin_inset space ~
36945 \begin_inset space ~
36948 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
36952 , when using this, set the document language to
36957 \begin_layout Description
36959 \begin_inset space ~
36962 (EUC-KR) for Korean
36965 \begin_layout Description
36967 \begin_inset space ~
36971 \begin_inset space ~
36975 \begin_inset space ~
36978 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
36981 \begin_layout Description
36983 \begin_inset space ~
36987 \begin_inset space ~
36991 \begin_inset space ~
36994 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
36995 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
36996 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
36999 \begin_layout Description
37001 \begin_inset space ~
37005 \begin_inset space ~
37011 \begin_layout Description
37013 \begin_inset space ~
37017 \begin_inset space ~
37020 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
37021 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
37024 \begin_layout Description
37026 \begin_inset space ~
37030 \begin_inset space ~
37033 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37047 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37050 \begin_layout Description
37052 \begin_inset space ~
37056 \begin_inset space ~
37059 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
37063 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37072 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37073 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37087 \begin_layout Description
37089 \begin_inset space ~
37093 \begin_inset space ~
37096 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37105 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37110 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37113 \begin_layout Description
37115 \begin_inset space ~
37118 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37127 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37133 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37137 \begin_layout Description
37139 \begin_inset space ~
37143 \begin_inset space ~
37147 \begin_inset space ~
37150 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
37151 \begin_inset space ~
37157 \begin_layout Description
37159 \begin_inset space ~
37163 \begin_inset space ~
37167 \begin_inset space ~
37170 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
37171 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
37172 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
37176 \begin_layout Description
37178 \begin_inset space ~
37182 \begin_inset space ~
37186 \begin_inset space ~
37189 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
37190 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
37193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37197 \begin_layout Standard
37198 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37200 \begin_inset space ~
37204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37206 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37213 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37217 \begin_layout Standard
37218 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37227 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37241 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37247 For a further description see section
37248 \begin_inset space ~
37252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37254 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37265 \begin_layout Standard
37266 The PDF properties are explained in section
37267 \begin_inset space ~
37271 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37273 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37284 \begin_layout Standard
37285 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37294 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37308 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37313 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37316 \begin_layout Standard
37321 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37322 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37325 \begin_layout Standard
37330 is used for special integral characters.
37333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37337 \begin_layout Standard
37338 The float placement options are described in section
37339 \begin_inset space ~
37343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37345 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37356 \begin_layout Standard
37357 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37358 The itemize environment is described in section
37359 \begin_inset space ~
37363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37365 reference "sec:Itemize"
37372 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37376 \begin_layout Standard
37377 Branches are described in section
37378 \begin_inset space ~
37382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37384 reference "sec:Branches"
37391 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37406 \begin_layout Standard
37407 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37408 to define LaTeX-commands.
37409 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37410 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37414 \begin_layout Standard
37415 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37416 \begin_inset space ~
37420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37422 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37429 \begin_layout Section
37434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 \begin_layout Subsection
37447 \begin_layout Standard
37448 Spell checking is explained in section
37449 \begin_inset space ~
37453 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37455 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37462 \begin_layout Subsection
37466 \begin_layout Standard
37467 The thesaurus is described in section
37468 \begin_inset space ~
37472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37474 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37481 \begin_layout Subsection
37486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37505 \begin_layout Standard
37506 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37507 highlighted document part.
37510 \begin_layout Subsection
37515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37524 \begin_layout Standard
37525 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37528 \begin_layout Subsection
37533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37534 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 Reconfiguration of LyX
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37566 Reconfiguration of LyX
37574 \begin_layout Standard
37575 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37576 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37577 \begin_inset space ~
37581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37583 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37590 \begin_layout Subsection
37594 \begin_layout Standard
37595 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37596 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37602 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37609 \begin_layout Section
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37623 \begin_layout Standard
37624 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37628 \begin_layout Standard
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37637 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37638 found by LyX (see also section
37639 \begin_inset space ~
37643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37645 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37652 \begin_layout Section
37654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37656 name "sec:Toolbars"
37663 \begin_layout Standard
37664 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37665 \begin_inset space ~
37669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37671 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37678 \begin_layout Standard
37679 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37680 This is described in the
37682 Additional Features
37687 \begin_layout Subsection
37692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37701 \begin_layout Standard
37702 \begin_inset Graphics
37703 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37711 \begin_layout Standard
37712 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37718 \begin_layout Standard
37719 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37736 \begin_inset Note Note
37739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37745 manual for more information.
37753 \begin_layout Standard
37754 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37760 \begin_layout Standard
37761 \begin_inset Tabular
37762 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37763 <features islongtable="true">
37764 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37765 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37771 \begin_inset Graphics
37772 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37786 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37799 \begin_layout Standard
37800 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37806 \begin_layout Standard
37808 \begin_inset Tabular
37809 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37810 <features islongtable="true">
37811 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37812 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37820 \begin_inset Graphics
37821 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37837 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 \begin_inset Graphics
37850 filename ../images/file-open.png
37851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37866 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37878 \begin_inset Graphics
37879 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37880 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37895 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37902 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37907 \begin_inset Graphics
37908 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37924 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 \begin_inset Graphics
37937 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37953 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 \begin_inset Graphics
37966 filename ../images/undo.png
37967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37982 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37994 \begin_inset Graphics
37995 filename ../images/redo.png
37996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38023 \begin_inset Graphics
38024 filename ../images/cut.png
38025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38052 \begin_inset Graphics
38053 filename ../images/copy.png
38054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38069 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38081 \begin_inset Graphics
38082 filename ../images/paste.png
38083 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38098 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38110 \begin_inset Graphics
38111 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38113 rotateOrigin center
38122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38128 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38143 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38148 \begin_inset Graphics
38149 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38150 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38163 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38165 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38167 \begin_inset space ~
38178 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38183 \begin_inset Graphics
38184 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38185 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38198 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38200 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38202 \begin_inset space ~
38213 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38218 \begin_inset Graphics
38219 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38220 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38233 Formats text using the current settings in the
38235 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38237 \begin_inset space ~
38248 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38253 \begin_inset Graphics
38254 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38255 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38271 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38273 \begin_inset space ~
38282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38287 \begin_inset Graphics
38288 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38290 rotateOrigin center
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38317 \begin_inset Graphics
38318 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38319 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38320 rotateOrigin center
38329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 \begin_inset Graphics
38348 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38349 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38350 rotateOrigin center
38359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38363 Toggle outline window on/off,
38365 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38377 \begin_inset Graphics
38378 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38380 rotateOrigin center
38389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38393 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38404 \begin_inset Graphics
38405 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38406 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38407 rotateOrigin center
38416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38433 \begin_layout Subsection
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38447 \begin_layout Standard
38448 \begin_inset Graphics
38449 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38457 \begin_layout Standard
38458 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38464 \begin_layout Standard
38465 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38469 \begin_layout Standard
38470 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38476 \begin_layout Standard
38477 \begin_inset Tabular
38478 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38479 <features islongtable="true">
38480 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38481 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38482 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38487 \begin_inset Graphics
38488 filename ../images/layout.png
38489 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38490 rotateOrigin center
38499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38514 \begin_inset Graphics
38515 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38517 rotateOrigin center
38526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38536 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38541 \begin_inset Graphics
38542 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38543 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38544 rotateOrigin center
38553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38568 \begin_inset Graphics
38569 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38571 rotateOrigin center
38580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38595 \begin_inset Graphics
38596 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38598 rotateOrigin center
38607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38617 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38622 \begin_inset Graphics
38623 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38624 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38625 rotateOrigin center
38634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38640 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38642 \begin_inset space ~
38646 \begin_inset space ~
38655 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38660 \begin_inset Graphics
38661 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38663 rotateOrigin center
38672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38678 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38680 \begin_inset space ~
38684 \begin_inset space ~
38693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38698 \begin_inset Graphics
38699 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38715 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38716 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38728 \begin_inset Graphics
38729 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38730 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38746 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38753 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38758 \begin_inset Graphics
38759 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38760 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38787 \begin_inset Graphics
38788 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38816 \begin_inset Graphics
38817 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38845 \begin_inset Graphics
38846 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38864 \begin_inset space ~
38873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38878 \begin_inset Graphics
38879 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38880 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38897 \begin_inset space ~
38906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38911 \begin_inset Graphics
38912 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38913 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38928 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38940 \begin_inset Graphics
38941 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38943 rotateOrigin center
38952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38960 \begin_inset space ~
38969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38974 \begin_inset Graphics
38975 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38976 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38992 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38994 \begin_inset space ~
39003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39008 \begin_inset Graphics
39009 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39037 \begin_inset Graphics
39038 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39054 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39061 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39066 \begin_inset Graphics
39067 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39068 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39110 \begin_inset Graphics
39111 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39128 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39140 \begin_inset Graphics
39141 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39142 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39158 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39160 \begin_inset space ~
39169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39174 \begin_inset Graphics
39175 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39176 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39177 rotateOrigin center
39186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39192 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39194 \begin_inset space ~
39203 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39208 \begin_inset Graphics
39209 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39210 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39211 rotateOrigin center
39220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39228 \begin_inset space ~
39237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39242 \begin_inset Graphics
39243 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39245 rotateOrigin center
39254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39260 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39274 \begin_layout Subsection
39275 View / Update Toolbar
39279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39280 Toolbar ! View / Update
39288 \begin_layout Standard
39289 \begin_inset Graphics
39290 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39297 \begin_layout Standard
39298 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39304 \begin_layout Standard
39305 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39309 \begin_layout Standard
39310 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39316 \begin_layout Standard
39317 \begin_inset Tabular
39318 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39319 <features islongtable="true">
39320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39321 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39327 \begin_inset Graphics
39328 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39330 rotateOrigin center
39339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39345 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39352 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39357 \begin_inset Graphics
39358 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39359 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39360 rotateOrigin center
39369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39375 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39376 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39383 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39388 \begin_inset Graphics
39389 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39390 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39391 rotateOrigin center
39400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39406 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39413 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39418 \begin_inset Graphics
39419 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39420 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39421 rotateOrigin center
39430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39436 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39437 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39444 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39449 \begin_inset Graphics
39450 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39451 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39452 rotateOrigin center
39461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39467 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39479 \begin_inset Graphics
39480 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39481 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39482 rotateOrigin center
39491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39497 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39498 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39512 \begin_layout Subsection
39516 \begin_layout Standard
39517 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39518 \begin_inset space ~
39522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39524 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39528 , the table toolbar
39532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39542 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
39549 \begin_layout Chapter
39555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39557 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39574 \begin_layout Standard
39575 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39577 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39581 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39584 \begin_layout Section
39588 \begin_layout Subsection
39592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39593 User Interface File
39597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39598 Customization ! of toolbars
39607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39608 Customization ! of menus
39616 \begin_layout Standard
39617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39625 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39634 \begin_layout Standard
39635 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39636 interface (ui) file.
39637 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39638 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39647 Both files are loaded by the
39652 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39653 files and edit the entries.
39656 \begin_layout Standard
39657 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39669 entries must be ended with an explicit
39694 and in the case of the
39695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39707 The syntax for the entries is:
39710 \begin_layout Standard
39711 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39739 \begin_layout Standard
39741 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39744 All LyX-functions are listed in
39745 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39754 \begin_layout Standard
39755 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39761 \begin_layout Standard
39762 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39764 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39767 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39771 \begin_layout Standard
39772 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39777 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39780 \begin_layout Standard
39782 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39785 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39788 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39792 \begin_layout Standard
39796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39800 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39803 restoring of window layout and geometries
39805 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39806 in the last LyX session.
39809 \begin_layout Standard
39812 Restore cursor positions
39814 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39818 \begin_layout Standard
39821 Load opened files from last session
39823 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39830 name "sub:Backup documents"
39838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39847 \begin_layout Standard
39852 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39855 \begin_layout Standard
39860 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39863 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39865 \begin_inset space ~
39873 \begin_layout Subsection
39878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39887 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39894 \begin_layout Standard
39895 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39898 \begin_layout Standard
39899 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39907 This section only deals with the fonts
39912 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39915 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39916 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39927 \begin_layout Standard
39928 By default, LyX uses
39932 as roman (serif) font,
39940 (depends on the system) as
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39959 \begin_layout Standard
39960 You can change the font size with the
39965 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
39966 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
39969 \begin_layout Standard
39974 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39975 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39977 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39980 points have the size of 1
39981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39985 \begin_inset space ~
39989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39991 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39998 \begin_layout Standard
40003 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40008 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40009 \begin_inset space ~
40013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40015 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40022 \begin_layout Standard
40025 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40027 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40028 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40029 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40030 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40032 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40033 \begin_inset space ~
40039 \begin_layout Subsection
40044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40063 \begin_layout Standard
40064 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40065 Choose an item in the list and use the
40072 \begin_layout Subsection
40077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40078 Settings ! Graphics
40086 \begin_layout Standard
40087 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40090 \begin_layout Standard
40095 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40096 This feature is described in section
40097 \begin_inset space ~
40101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40103 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40110 \begin_layout Section
40115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40124 \begin_layout Subsection
40128 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40132 \begin_layout Standard
40135 Cursor follows scrollbar
40137 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40141 \begin_layout Standard
40144 Sort environments alphabetically
40146 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40149 \begin_layout Standard
40152 Group environments by their category
40154 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40157 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40161 \begin_layout Standard
40162 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40167 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40168 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40172 \begin_layout Subsection
40177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40188 Settings ! Shortcuts
40196 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40200 \begin_layout Standard
40201 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40202 Several binding files are available:
40205 \begin_layout Description
40206 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40209 \begin_layout Description
40210 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40221 \begin_layout Description
40222 mac.bind set of bindings for
40225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40233 \begin_layout Standard
40234 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40238 , and bind files for special languages.
40239 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
40241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40249 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40253 \begin_layout Standard
40254 Some bind-files, like
40258 , have only a small scope.
40259 When looking at the the end of the file
40263 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40266 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40270 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40279 Key Bindings ! Editing
40287 \begin_layout Standard
40288 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40289 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40290 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40293 Show key-bindings containing
40296 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40297 Insert there for example as keyword
40298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40305 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40315 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40316 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40320 that you find in the
40327 \begin_layout Standard
40329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40333 \begin_inset space ~
40344 , select the function and press the
40349 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40350 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40351 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40352 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40353 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40355 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40357 The binding for the function
40361 is an example for this.
40364 \begin_layout Standard
40365 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40367 The syntax of the entries is:
40370 \begin_layout Standard
40376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40394 \begin_layout Subsection
40396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40406 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40425 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40433 \begin_layout Standard
40434 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40435 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40441 \begin_inset space ~
40444 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40445 can use the keyboard map file named
40452 \begin_layout Standard
40453 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40461 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40469 \begin_layout Standard
40470 Besides this, you can specify here the
40472 Wheel scrolling speed
40475 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40479 \begin_layout Section
40484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40503 \begin_layout Description
40505 \begin_inset space ~
40508 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40509 It is the default when you
40520 \begin_inset space ~
40528 \begin_layout Description
40530 \begin_inset space ~
40533 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40535 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40537 \begin_inset space ~
40541 \begin_inset space ~
40549 \begin_layout Description
40551 \begin_inset space ~
40558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40564 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40565 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40566 \begin_inset space ~
40570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40572 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40580 will be used to save the backups.
40581 \begin_inset Newline newline
40584 The backup files have the ending
40585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40595 \begin_layout Description
40600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40607 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40608 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40609 \begin_inset Newline newline
40613 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40621 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40629 \begin_layout Description
40631 \begin_inset space ~
40634 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40637 \begin_layout Description
40639 \begin_inset space ~
40642 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40643 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40644 to find it on the system.
40645 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40646 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40648 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40655 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40656 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40660 \begin_layout Section
40664 \begin_layout Standard
40665 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40666 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40668 \begin_inset space ~
40672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40674 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40678 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40681 \begin_layout Section
40686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40687 Language ! Settings
40696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40697 Settings ! Language
40705 \begin_layout Subsection
40709 \begin_layout Description
40711 \begin_inset space ~
40714 language is the language used in new documents
40717 \begin_layout Description
40719 \begin_inset space ~
40722 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40724 The default is the LaTeX-command
40730 that loads the package
40738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40739 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40740 \begin_inset space ~
40744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40746 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40756 \begin_inset Newline newline
40763 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40764 the document language.
40765 A text label is for instance the word
40766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40773 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40776 \begin_layout Description
40778 \begin_inset space ~
40781 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40782 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40783 An example is the start command
40789 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40794 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40809 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40814 \begin_layout Description
40816 \begin_inset space ~
40824 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40825 command toggles the package on and off.
40828 \begin_layout Description
40830 \begin_inset space ~
40840 \begin_layout Description
40841 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40842 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40843 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40844 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40851 \begin_layout Description
40853 \begin_inset space ~
40856 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40858 When this option is not set, the
40861 \begin_inset space ~
40866 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40867 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40870 \begin_inset space ~
40878 \begin_layout Description
40880 \begin_inset space ~
40886 \begin_inset space ~
40892 When it is not set, the
40895 \begin_inset space ~
40900 is set to the end of the document.
40903 \begin_layout Description
40905 \begin_inset space ~
40909 \begin_inset space ~
40912 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40913 language will be underlined blue.
40916 \begin_layout Description
40918 \begin_inset space ~
40922 \begin_inset space ~
40926 \begin_inset space ~
40930 \begin_inset space ~
40933 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40937 \begin_layout Subsection
40941 \begin_layout Standard
40942 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40943 \begin_inset space ~
40947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40949 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40956 \begin_layout Section
40960 \begin_layout Subsection
40962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40991 \begin_layout Description
40993 \begin_inset space ~
40996 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40997 The name will be used when the
41002 \begin_inset Newline newline
41006 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41014 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41023 \begin_layout Description
41025 \begin_inset space ~
41029 \begin_inset space ~
41033 \begin_inset space ~
41036 printer This option works only for the
41041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41053 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41054 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41057 \begin_layout Description
41059 \begin_inset space ~
41062 command is the command LyX
41063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41067 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41070 LaTeX uses for printing.
41071 The default is on most systems
41078 \begin_layout Description
41080 \begin_inset space ~
41084 \begin_inset space ~
41087 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41088 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41089 of the program that provides the
41096 \begin_layout Subsection
41101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41112 Settings ! Date format
41120 \begin_layout Standard
41121 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41122 \begin_inset Newline newline
41126 \begin_inset Flex URL
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41131 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41137 \begin_inset Newline newline
41140 For example the format
41141 \begin_inset Newline newline
41145 \begin_inset Newline newline
41148 prints the date as day/month/year.
41151 \begin_layout Subsection
41155 \begin_layout Description
41157 \begin_inset space ~
41161 \begin_inset space ~
41164 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41167 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41168 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41170 \begin_inset space ~
41176 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41180 \begin_layout Description
41182 \begin_inset space ~
41185 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41190 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41191 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41194 \begin_layout Subsection
41199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41209 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41226 \begin_layout Description
41231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41239 \begin_inset space ~
41242 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41247 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41269 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41282 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41283 LyX sets up in the background.
41284 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41287 \begin_layout Description
41289 \begin_inset space ~
41293 \begin_inset space ~
41296 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41301 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41304 \begin_layout Description
41306 \begin_inset space ~
41310 \begin_inset space ~
41314 \begin_inset space ~
41318 \begin_inset space ~
41322 \begin_inset space ~
41326 \begin_inset space ~
41329 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41331 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41334 dialog when changing the document class.
41337 \begin_layout Standard
41340 External Applications
41342 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41343 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41344 manuals of the applications.
41345 Currently the following commands can be set:
41348 \begin_layout Description
41353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41361 \begin_inset space ~
41364 command Command for the program
41368 that is described in section
41374 Additional Features
41379 \begin_layout Description
41384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41392 \begin_inset space ~
41395 command Command for the program
41399 that generates the bibliography, see section
41400 \begin_inset space ~
41404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41406 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41413 \begin_layout Description
41415 \begin_inset space ~
41418 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41419 \begin_inset space ~
41423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41425 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41432 \begin_layout Description
41434 \begin_inset space ~
41438 \begin_inset space ~
41442 \begin_inset space ~
41446 \begin_inset space ~
41449 options They only have an effect when the program
41453 is used as DVI-viewer.
41456 \begin_layout Subsection
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41480 \begin_layout Standard
41485 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41488 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41490 uses the Windows path style:
41493 \begin_layout Standard
41501 \begin_layout Standard
41502 instead of the Unix path style:
41505 \begin_layout Standard
41509 \begin_layout Section
41514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41523 \begin_layout Standard
41524 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41525 from one format to another.
41526 You can modify them or create new ones.
41527 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41534 \begin_inset space ~
41544 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41548 \begin_inset space ~
41553 drop-down list, modify the
41557 field, and press the
41564 \begin_layout Standard
41567 Converter File Cache
41569 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41572 Maximum Age (in days
41575 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41576 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41579 \begin_layout Standard
41580 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41581 the converter definition, is described in section
41592 \begin_layout Section
41597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41606 name "sec:File-Formats"
41613 \begin_layout Standard
41614 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41615 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41617 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41625 \begin_inset space ~
41637 \begin_layout Standard
41638 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41639 is described in section
41650 \begin_layout Section
41655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 \begin_layout Standard
41665 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41666 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41667 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41668 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41669 This is done by a Copier.
41672 \begin_layout Standard
41673 More about converters is described in section
41684 \begin_layout Chapter
41685 Units available in LyX
41689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41698 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41705 \begin_layout Standard
41706 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41709 reference "cap:Units"
41713 explains all units available in LyX.
41716 \begin_layout Standard
41717 \begin_inset Float table
41723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41724 \begin_inset Caption
41726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41742 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41750 \begin_inset Tabular
41751 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41905 scaled point (65536
41906 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41934 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41966 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42021 % of original image width
42028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42235 \begin_layout Chapter
42237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42246 \begin_layout Standard
42247 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42248 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42251 \begin_layout Itemize
42254 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42257 \begin_layout Itemize
42263 \begin_layout Itemize
42269 \begin_layout Itemize
42275 \begin_layout Itemize
42281 \begin_layout Itemize
42287 \begin_layout Itemize
42293 \begin_layout Itemize
42299 \begin_layout Itemize
42302 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42305 \begin_layout Itemize
42311 \begin_layout Itemize
42317 \begin_layout Itemize
42323 \begin_layout Itemize
42329 \begin_layout Itemize
42335 \begin_layout Itemize
42341 \begin_layout Itemize
42347 \begin_layout Itemize
42353 \begin_layout Itemize
42355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42364 \begin_layout Standard
42365 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42368 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42375 \begin_layout Bibliography
42376 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42377 LatexCommand bibitem
42384 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42387 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42392 \begin_inset Newline newline
42396 \begin_inset Flex URL
42399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42401 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42409 \begin_layout Bibliography
42410 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42411 LatexCommand bibitem
42412 key "latexcompanion"
42416 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42418 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42421 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42424 \begin_layout Bibliography
42425 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42426 LatexCommand bibitem
42431 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42434 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42437 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42440 \begin_layout Bibliography
42441 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42442 LatexCommand bibitem
42449 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42452 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42455 \begin_layout Bibliography
42456 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42457 LatexCommand bibitem
42469 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42472 \begin_layout Bibliography
42473 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42474 LatexCommand bibitem
42480 \begin_inset Newline newline
42484 \begin_inset Flex URL
42487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42489 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42497 \begin_layout Bibliography
42498 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42499 LatexCommand bibitem
42505 \begin_inset Newline newline
42509 \begin_inset Flex URL
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42514 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42522 \begin_layout Bibliography
42523 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42524 LatexCommand bibitem
42530 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42532 name "Documentation"
42533 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42542 \begin_inset Newline newline
42546 \begin_inset Flex URL
42549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42551 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42559 \begin_layout Bibliography
42560 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42561 LatexCommand bibitem
42567 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42569 name "Documentation"
42570 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42579 \begin_inset Newline newline
42583 \begin_inset Flex URL
42586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42588 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42596 \begin_layout Bibliography
42597 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42598 LatexCommand bibitem
42604 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42606 name "Documentation"
42607 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42616 \begin_inset Newline newline
42620 \begin_inset Flex URL
42623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42625 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42633 \begin_layout Bibliography
42634 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42635 LatexCommand bibitem
42641 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42643 name "Documentation"
42644 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42648 of the LaTeX-package
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42657 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42663 \begin_inset Newline newline
42667 \begin_inset Flex URL
42670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42672 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42680 \begin_layout Bibliography
42681 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42682 LatexCommand bibitem
42688 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42690 name "Documentation"
42691 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42695 of the LaTeX-package
42703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42704 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42710 \begin_inset Newline newline
42714 \begin_inset Flex URL
42717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42719 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42727 \begin_layout Bibliography
42728 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42729 LatexCommand bibitem
42737 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42739 name "Documentation"
42740 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42746 of the LaTeX-package
42754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42755 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42761 \begin_inset Newline newline
42765 \begin_inset Flex URL
42768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42770 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42778 \begin_layout Bibliography
42779 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42780 LatexCommand bibitem
42786 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42788 name "Documentation"
42789 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42793 of the LaTeX-package
42801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42802 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42808 \begin_inset Newline newline
42812 \begin_inset Flex URL
42815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42817 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42825 \begin_layout Bibliography
42826 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42827 LatexCommand bibitem
42833 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42835 name "Documentation"
42836 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42840 of the LaTeX-package
42848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42849 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42855 \begin_inset Newline newline
42859 \begin_inset Flex URL
42862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42864 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42872 \begin_layout Bibliography
42873 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42874 LatexCommand bibitem
42880 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42882 name "Documentation"
42883 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42887 of the LaTeX-package
42895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42896 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42902 \begin_inset Newline newline
42906 \begin_inset Flex URL
42909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42911 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42919 \begin_layout Bibliography
42920 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42921 LatexCommand bibitem
42927 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42930 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42934 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42935 \begin_inset Newline newline
42939 \begin_inset Flex URL
42942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42944 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42952 \begin_layout Bibliography
42953 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42954 LatexCommand bibitem
42960 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42963 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42967 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42968 \begin_inset Newline newline
42972 \begin_inset Flex URL
42975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42977 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42985 \begin_layout Bibliography
42986 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42987 LatexCommand bibitem
42993 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42996 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43000 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43001 \begin_inset Newline newline
43005 \begin_inset Flex URL
43008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43010 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43018 \begin_layout Bibliography
43019 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43020 LatexCommand bibitem
43026 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43029 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43033 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43034 \begin_inset Newline newline
43038 \begin_inset Flex URL
43041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43043 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43051 \begin_layout Bibliography
43052 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43053 LatexCommand bibitem
43059 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43062 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43066 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43067 \begin_inset Newline newline
43071 \begin_inset Flex URL
43074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43076 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43084 \begin_layout Bibliography
43085 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43086 LatexCommand bibitem
43092 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43095 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43099 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43100 \begin_inset Newline newline
43104 \begin_inset Flex URL
43107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43109 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43117 \begin_layout Bibliography
43118 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43119 LatexCommand bibitem
43125 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43128 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43132 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43133 \begin_inset Newline newline
43137 \begin_inset Flex URL
43140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43150 \begin_layout Bibliography
43151 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43152 LatexCommand bibitem
43158 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43161 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43165 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43166 \begin_inset Newline newline
43170 \begin_inset Flex URL
43173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43175 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43183 \begin_layout Bibliography
43184 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43185 LatexCommand bibitem
43191 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43194 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43198 about new features in
43203 \begin_inset Newline newline
43207 \begin_inset Flex URL
43210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43212 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43220 \begin_layout Standard
43221 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43255 \begin_inset Note Note
43258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43265 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43266 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43267 bibliography is the second one:
43275 \begin_layout Standard
43276 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43277 LatexCommand bibtex
43278 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43279 options "biblio/alphadin"
43286 \begin_layout Standard
43287 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43290 \begin_layout Standard
43293 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43294 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43299 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43300 LatexCommand printindex